Compare commits
1 Commits
v2.3.1
...
OLD_CONFIG
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
a2fb1892c1 |
44
.cvsignore
44
.cvsignore
@@ -2,47 +2,3 @@ system.list
|
||||
bin
|
||||
.gdb_history
|
||||
Test
|
||||
config.cache
|
||||
configarg.cache
|
||||
config.status
|
||||
system.list
|
||||
linux.system.cache
|
||||
wx-config
|
||||
config.log
|
||||
linux-gnu.system.cache
|
||||
*.dsp
|
||||
*.dsw
|
||||
*.plg
|
||||
*.opt
|
||||
*.aps
|
||||
*.ncb
|
||||
*.pro
|
||||
*.opt
|
||||
*.d
|
||||
*.swp
|
||||
*.swo
|
||||
Release
|
||||
Debug
|
||||
ReleaseDLL
|
||||
DebugDLL
|
||||
robert
|
||||
stamp-h.in
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
configure
|
||||
setup.h
|
||||
stamp-h
|
||||
libtool
|
||||
aclocal.m4
|
||||
base
|
||||
gtk
|
||||
motif
|
||||
win32
|
||||
base-debug
|
||||
gtk-debug
|
||||
motif-debug
|
||||
win32-debug
|
||||
base-release
|
||||
gtk-release
|
||||
motif-release
|
||||
win32-release
|
||||
*tags
|
||||
|
||||
257
BuildCVS.txt
257
BuildCVS.txt
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
How to build the sources from CVS
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Please use the install.txt files in docs/gtk, docs/msw, docs/motif, docs/mac
|
||||
etc. alongside these instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
I) Windows using plain makefiles
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
|
||||
|
||||
Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
|
||||
nmake) are installed and ready to run. Depending on your
|
||||
installation there may be a batch file (named something like
|
||||
VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
|
||||
varaibles and PATH entries.
|
||||
|
||||
Continue with item c) below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
b) If using the GNU Mingw32 or GNU Cygwin32 compilers
|
||||
|
||||
You can get Mingw32 from http://www.mingw.org
|
||||
|
||||
Cygwin32 is available at http://www.cygwin.com
|
||||
|
||||
The makefile might have small problems with Cygwin's tools
|
||||
so it is recommended to use Mingw32 and its toolchain instead
|
||||
if possible.
|
||||
|
||||
-> Set your path so that it includes the directory
|
||||
where your compiler and tools reside
|
||||
|
||||
-> If your are using an old Mingw32 version (gcc-2.95 or older),
|
||||
you might need to fix some headers with the patches contained
|
||||
in the wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches file. PLEASE APPLY THESE
|
||||
PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few different versions
|
||||
of the headers floating around. Note that these patches are
|
||||
not needed if you are using Mingw32 gcc-2.95.2 or newer.
|
||||
|
||||
-> Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
|
||||
the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
|
||||
If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
|
||||
appropiately.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
c) Build instructions
|
||||
|
||||
-> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
|
||||
into c:\wxWin
|
||||
-> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
|
||||
to c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
|
||||
-> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
|
||||
most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1), for example:
|
||||
#define wxUSE_ODBC 0
|
||||
#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_HTML 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_FS_INET 0
|
||||
#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
|
||||
#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
|
||||
|
||||
and std iostreams are disabled with
|
||||
#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
|
||||
|
||||
-> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
|
||||
-> type: make -f makefile.g95 (if using GNU tools)
|
||||
or type: nmake -f makefile.vc (if using MS VC++)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
II) Unix ports
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
|
||||
won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
|
||||
that works without libtool and automake, using only
|
||||
configure to create what is needed.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to create configure, you need to have the
|
||||
GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
|
||||
on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
|
||||
directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
|
||||
directory, which just calls autoconf).
|
||||
|
||||
Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
|
||||
as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
|
||||
|
||||
-> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
|
||||
-> type: md mybuild
|
||||
-> type: cd mybuild
|
||||
-> type: ../configure --with-motif
|
||||
or type: ../configure --with-gtk
|
||||
-> type: make
|
||||
-> type: su <type root password>
|
||||
-> type: make install
|
||||
-> type: ldconfig
|
||||
-> type: exit
|
||||
|
||||
Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
|
||||
library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
|
||||
library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
|
||||
yet complete).
|
||||
|
||||
III) Windows using configure
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
|
||||
modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
|
||||
utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
|
||||
See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
|
||||
ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
|
||||
section I).
|
||||
|
||||
IV) Classic MacOS using CodeWarrior (eg MacOS 8.x/9.x)
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to the readme.txt and install.txt files in docs/mac to build
|
||||
wxWindows under Classic Mac OS using CodeWarrior.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are checking out the CVS sources using cvs under Mac OS X and
|
||||
compiling under Classic Mac OS, make sure that all text files have a
|
||||
Mac OS type of 'TEXT' otherwise CodeWarrior may ignore them. Checking
|
||||
out the CVS sources using cvs under Mac OS X creates untyped files
|
||||
which can lead to compialtion errors under CodeWarrior which are hard
|
||||
to track down.
|
||||
|
||||
V) MacOS X using configure and the Developer Tools
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
You need to have the Developer Tools installed. If this is not the case,
|
||||
you will need to register at the Apple Developer web site (this is a free
|
||||
registration) in order to download the Developer Tools installer.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to create configure, you need to have the
|
||||
GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
|
||||
on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
|
||||
directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
|
||||
directory, which just calls autoconf).
|
||||
|
||||
-> type: mkdir macbuild
|
||||
-> type: cd macbuild
|
||||
-> type: ../configure --with-mac
|
||||
or type: ../configure
|
||||
-> type: make
|
||||
|
||||
VI) OS/2
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
|
||||
cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
|
||||
ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Otherwise you can
|
||||
compile one yourself. Check the relevant FAQs.
|
||||
|
||||
[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
|
||||
binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
|
||||
standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
|
||||
software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
|
||||
preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
|
||||
|
||||
You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
|
||||
tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
|
||||
already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
|
||||
otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
|
||||
using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
|
||||
library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
|
||||
sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
|
||||
|
||||
To cross compile the windows library, do
|
||||
-> cd win32
|
||||
(or whatever you called it)
|
||||
Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
|
||||
-> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw \
|
||||
--enable-dnd=no --without-odbc
|
||||
where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
|
||||
will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
|
||||
i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
|
||||
The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
|
||||
yourself:
|
||||
-> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
|
||||
DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
|
||||
../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw --enable-dnd=no
|
||||
|
||||
(all assuming you're using mingw32)
|
||||
Drag'n'drop is disabled because mingw32 lacks (AFAIK) OLE headers.
|
||||
|
||||
[ Update: some new mingw32 versions now have a new set of windows header
|
||||
files, which apparently can handle ole. Untested at the moment ]
|
||||
|
||||
ODBC files don't compile as of 13.10.99 - may be this will be fixed by the
|
||||
moment you're reading these lines.
|
||||
|
||||
Configure will conclude that shared libraries are out of the question and
|
||||
opt for a static one. I haven't looked into DLL creation yet.
|
||||
|
||||
Type
|
||||
-> make
|
||||
and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
|
||||
will be a compile error :-)
|
||||
|
||||
NB: you risk to get quite a few warnings about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit
|
||||
conversion from 'void *'" in all places where va_arg macro is used. This
|
||||
is due to a bug in (some versions of) mingw32 headers which may be
|
||||
corrected by editing the file
|
||||
|
||||
${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
|
||||
|
||||
(instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
|
||||
the lines
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define __gnuc_va_list. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
|
||||
#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
|
||||
#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
|
||||
typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
|
||||
__gnuc_va_list is char *.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is successful, you end up with a libwx_msw.a in win32/lib. Now try
|
||||
building the minimal sample:
|
||||
|
||||
-> cd samples/minimal
|
||||
-> make
|
||||
|
||||
and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
|
||||
-> wine minimal.exe
|
||||
|
||||
If all is well, do an install; from win32
|
||||
-> make install
|
||||
|
||||
Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
|
||||
(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
|
||||
want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
|
||||
|
||||
Cross-compiling TODO:
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
|
||||
default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
|
||||
link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
|
||||
- dynamic libraries
|
||||
- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.
|
||||
|
||||
167
Makefile
Normal file
167
Makefile
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
||||
# Top-level Makefile for wxGTK by Wolfram Gloger
|
||||
# based on the version for wx-Xt by Martin Sperl
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#if DIRS are defind make only executes in these diretories
|
||||
all::
|
||||
@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
|
||||
for i in src samples utils user; do \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# what to do if a target is not understood:
|
||||
# pass it on to all the children...
|
||||
|
||||
.DEFAULT::
|
||||
@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
|
||||
for i in src samples utils user; do \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
|
||||
(cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
src::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory src building all"
|
||||
@cd src; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
samples::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory samples building all"
|
||||
@cd samples; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
utils::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory utils building all"
|
||||
@cd utils; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
user::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory user building all"
|
||||
@cd user; ${MAKE} all
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones recreate all Makefiles.
|
||||
|
||||
makefiles:: recreate
|
||||
Makefiles:: recreate
|
||||
recreate::
|
||||
@install/unix/setup/general/createall
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones define what needs to be done to distribute the
|
||||
# library and its components
|
||||
|
||||
distribute:: distrib
|
||||
distrib:: distrib_base distrib_user join_utils join_samples
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_samples::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory samples creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd samples; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_user::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory user creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd user; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_utils::
|
||||
@echo "entering directory utils creating distribution files"
|
||||
@(cd utils; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
|
||||
|
||||
join_utils:: distrib_utils
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=utils \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/utils/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join_samples:: distrib_samples
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=samples \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/samples/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join_user:: distrib_user
|
||||
@$(MAKE) join \
|
||||
BASEDIR=user \
|
||||
FILES=`echo distrib/user/*.tgz `
|
||||
|
||||
join::
|
||||
@# needed are BASEDIR and FILES
|
||||
@if test "x$$BASEDIR" = x; then\
|
||||
echo "BASEDIR not specified.";\
|
||||
exit -1;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@if test "x$$FILES" != x ; then \
|
||||
echo "putting all seperate distribution files:";\
|
||||
echo "$$FILES";\
|
||||
echo "into distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz";\
|
||||
src/gtk/setup/general/jointar $(BASEDIR) $$FILES distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Nothing to join - deleting..."; \
|
||||
echo "This may be the case, if you have not specified FILES."\
|
||||
rm -f distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
distrib_base::
|
||||
@if test ! -d distrib ; then mkdir distrib; fi;
|
||||
@if test ! -f system.list ; then \
|
||||
echo "dummy" > system.list;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@(curr=`pwd`; direc=`basename $$curr`;\
|
||||
(cd ..; \
|
||||
echo creating distrib/$$direc.tar from the current directory;\
|
||||
tar -cf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
|
||||
$$direc/COPYING\
|
||||
$$direc/INSTALL\
|
||||
$$direc/Makefile\
|
||||
$$direc/template.mak\
|
||||
$$direc/configure\
|
||||
$$direc/configure.in\
|
||||
$$direc/config.guess\
|
||||
$$direc/config.sub\
|
||||
$$direc/install-sh\
|
||||
$$direc/user/Makefile \
|
||||
$$direc/utils/Makefile \
|
||||
$$direc/samples/Makefile \
|
||||
;\
|
||||
sed "s|^\(.*\)$$|/\1/|g" $$direc/system.list \
|
||||
| uniq > /tmp/$$direc.list; \
|
||||
echo "/RCS/" >> /tmp/$$direc.list; \
|
||||
for each in misc docs wx src setup; do \
|
||||
tar -uf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
|
||||
`\
|
||||
find $$direc/$$each \( -type f -o -type l \) -print \
|
||||
| fgrep -vf /tmp/$$direc.list \
|
||||
| grep -v "[~#]$$" \
|
||||
` ;\
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo compressing $$direc.tar to $$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
gzip -9 -c /tmp/$$direc.tar > $$direc/distrib/$$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
rm /tmp/$$direc.tar /tmp/$$direc.list;\
|
||||
)\
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# the following ones are only needed if configure.in has changed
|
||||
# and needs to be updated...
|
||||
|
||||
config:: configure
|
||||
|
||||
configure::
|
||||
@autoconf
|
||||
@cat configure \
|
||||
| sed "s/config.cache/\$$OSTYPE.config.cache/g" \
|
||||
| sed "s/config.status/\$$OSTYPE.config.status/g" \
|
||||
| sed "s/\*\*--/ --/g" \
|
||||
> configure1
|
||||
@chmod a+x configure1
|
||||
@mv configure1 configure
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1406
Makefile.in
1406
Makefile.in
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
|
||||
*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
|
||||
--- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
|
||||
***************
|
||||
*** 74,91 ****
|
||||
--- 74,97 ----
|
||||
STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
|
||||
|
||||
+ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
|
||||
+ #define GUID_DEFINED
|
||||
typedef struct _GUID
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long Data1;
|
||||
unsigned short Data2;
|
||||
unsigned short Data3;
|
||||
unsigned char Data4[8];
|
||||
} GUID;
|
||||
+ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
|
||||
typedef GUID *REFGUID;
|
||||
typedef GUID *LPGUID;
|
||||
+ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
|
||||
+ #define UUID_DEFINED
|
||||
typedef GUID UUID;
|
||||
+ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
|
||||
typedef GUID IID;
|
||||
typedef GUID CLSID;
|
||||
typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
|
||||
typedef IID *LPIID;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
|
||||
--- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
|
||||
***************
|
||||
*** 39,44 ****
|
||||
--- 39,53 ----
|
||||
#define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
|
||||
#define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
|
||||
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
|
||||
+ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
|
||||
+
|
||||
typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
|
||||
typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
|
||||
typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
|
||||
***************
|
||||
*** 49,54 ****
|
||||
--- 58,73 ----
|
||||
typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
|
||||
typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
|
||||
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
|
||||
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
|
||||
+
|
||||
typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
|
||||
SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
|
||||
} SYSKIND;
|
||||
***************
|
||||
*** 375,382 ****
|
||||
STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
|
||||
PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
--- 394,401 ----
|
||||
STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
|
||||
PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
|
||||
--- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
|
||||
***************
|
||||
*** 627,633 ****
|
||||
STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
|
||||
--- 627,633 ----
|
||||
STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
|
||||
! STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
|
||||
STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h Sun Aug 1 06:18:20 1999
|
||||
+++ stdio.h Sun Nov 7 03:41:40 1999
|
||||
@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
|
||||
int fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
|
||||
int printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
|
||||
int sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
|
||||
+int _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
|
||||
int vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
|
||||
int vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
|
||||
int vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
|
||||
+int _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
|
||||
+ va_list varg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wide character versions */
|
||||
int fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
|
||||
+++ winbase.h Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
|
||||
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
|
||||
BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
|
||||
#define RtlMoveMemory memmove
|
||||
#define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
|
||||
-#define RtlFillMemory memset
|
||||
+#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
|
||||
#define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
|
||||
#define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
|
||||
#define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
|
||||
|
||||
--- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
|
||||
+++ winsock.h Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
|
||||
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
|
||||
#define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
+#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
+extern "C" {
|
||||
+#endif
|
||||
+
|
||||
#ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
typedef unsigned char u_char;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short u_short;
|
||||
@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
|
||||
typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
|
||||
typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
|
||||
typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
|
||||
+
|
||||
+#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
+}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+#endif
|
||||
+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
52
TODO.txt
Normal file
52
TODO.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
********************* TODO list for wxWindows 2 ******************************
|
||||
|
||||
The items are grouped by platform (generic, MSW, GTK...) and inside by
|
||||
subject. The first 2 columns containg the following codes:
|
||||
|
||||
Priority classification: Amount of work expected:
|
||||
9 next point release q quick fix
|
||||
8 next release s small change
|
||||
7 as soon as possible l a little work
|
||||
6 soon w some work
|
||||
5 should be included b big change
|
||||
4 nice to have m major change
|
||||
3 consider including ? don't know how to fix
|
||||
2 maybe not - unclassified
|
||||
1 probably not
|
||||
- unclassified
|
||||
|
||||
After the subject the name in brackets indicates the person who is going to do
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
=============================== common ========================================
|
||||
|
||||
4w wxString optimization (VZ)
|
||||
allocate more memory than needed to avoid reallocation each time when
|
||||
operator+ or += is used.
|
||||
|
||||
6b stream classes (VZ)
|
||||
|
||||
=============================== generic ======================================
|
||||
|
||||
7s wxTreeCtrl root item (RR)
|
||||
root item is not shown currently (unlike in MSW version)
|
||||
|
||||
5w wxImageList
|
||||
it's not implemented currently, to do (assuming that all images have the
|
||||
same size - no resizing should be done to simplify the job)
|
||||
|
||||
================================ MSW ==========================================
|
||||
|
||||
7w consistent keyboard interface and focus behaviour (VZ)
|
||||
currently, the focus is lost all the time (after a MessageBox, for example)
|
||||
and sometimes TABbing through controls doesn't work
|
||||
|
||||
================================ GTK ==========================================
|
||||
|
||||
9m keyboard interface (RR)
|
||||
TAB traversal, Alt-letter accelerators for the controls and accelerators
|
||||
for menu items - TODO.
|
||||
|
||||
3b wxTreeCtrl native implementation?
|
||||
GTK has a GtkCTree widget which seems to be quite close to the Windows
|
||||
standard control - what about writing a native wxTreeCtrl based on it?
|
||||
194
aclocal.m4
vendored
194
aclocal.m4
vendored
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Configure paths for GTK+
|
||||
# Owen Taylor 97-11-3
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_GTK_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
|
||||
dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK_2_0,
|
||||
[dnl
|
||||
dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config-2.0 script
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[ --with-gtk-prefix=PFX Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
|
||||
gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[ --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
|
||||
gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [ --disable-gtktest Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
|
||||
, enable_gtktest=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
for module in . $4
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$module" in
|
||||
gthread)
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG_2_0, gtk-config-2.0, no)
|
||||
min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.3.1,$1)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
|
||||
no_gtk=""
|
||||
if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
|
||||
no_gtk=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --cflags`
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --libs`
|
||||
gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
|
||||
gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
|
||||
gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
|
||||
dnl checks the results of gtk-config-2.0 to some extent
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
rm -f conf.gtktest
|
||||
AC_TRY_RUN([
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int major, minor, micro;
|
||||
char *tmp_version;
|
||||
|
||||
system ("touch conf.gtktest");
|
||||
|
||||
/* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
|
||||
tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
|
||||
if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) {
|
||||
printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
|
||||
(gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
|
||||
(gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n*** 'gtk-config-2.0 --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
|
||||
$gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config-2.0 was correct, then it is best\n");
|
||||
printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
|
||||
printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
|
||||
printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
|
||||
printf("*** required on your system.\n");
|
||||
printf("*** If gtk-config-2.0 was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG_2_0\n");
|
||||
printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config-2.0, and remove the file config.cache\n");
|
||||
printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
|
||||
else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
|
||||
(gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
|
||||
(gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
|
||||
GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
|
||||
printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
|
||||
((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
|
||||
((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
|
||||
gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
|
||||
printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
|
||||
major, minor, micro);
|
||||
printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
|
||||
printf("***\n");
|
||||
printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
|
||||
printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config-2.0 shell script is\n");
|
||||
printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
|
||||
printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment to point to the\n");
|
||||
printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config-2.0. (In this case, you will have to\n");
|
||||
printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
|
||||
printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $gtk_config_major_version.$gtk_config_minor_version.$gtk_config_micro_version))
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
|
||||
echo "*** The gtk-config-2.0 script installed by GTK could not be found"
|
||||
echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
|
||||
echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment variable to the"
|
||||
echo "*** full path to gtk-config-2.0."
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
], [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
|
||||
echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
|
||||
echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
|
||||
echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
|
||||
echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
|
||||
echo "*** is required on your system"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
|
||||
echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
|
||||
echo "*** came with the system with the command"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
|
||||
echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
|
||||
echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
|
||||
echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config-2.0 script: $GTK_CONFIG_2_0" ])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=""
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
|
||||
rm -f conf.gtktest
|
||||
])
|
||||
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
autoconf
|
||||
1305
config.guess
vendored
1305
config.guess
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1332
config.sub
vendored
1332
config.sub
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
4349
configure.in
4349
configure.in
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
cd src; make
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
cd src; make clean
|
||||
cd samples; make clean
|
||||
cd utils; make clean
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
samples:
|
||||
cd samples; make
|
||||
1018
contrib/configure
vendored
1018
contrib/configure
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
|
||||
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl ---------------
|
||||
dnl MMedia specific
|
||||
dnl ---------------
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check for ESD
|
||||
|
||||
ESD_LINK=
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
|
||||
ESD_LINK="-lesd"
|
||||
])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
|
||||
echo "ESound detected"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl -----------
|
||||
dnl Final subst
|
||||
|
||||
PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
|
||||
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
|
||||
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl -----------
|
||||
dnl File output
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT([
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
src/Makefile
|
||||
src/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
src/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
src/stc/Makefile
|
||||
src/xrc/Makefile
|
||||
src/canvas/Makefile
|
||||
src/gizmos/Makefile
|
||||
src/plot/Makefile
|
||||
src/applet/Makefile
|
||||
samples/Makefile
|
||||
samples/mmedia/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
|
||||
samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
|
||||
samples/stc/Makefile
|
||||
samples/canvas/Makefile
|
||||
samples/canvas/test/Makefile
|
||||
samples/canvas/simple/Makefile
|
||||
samples/gizmos/Makefile
|
||||
samples/gizmos/multicell/Makefile
|
||||
samples/gizmos/splittree/Makefile
|
||||
samples/gizmos/editlbox/Makefile
|
||||
samples/xrc/Makefile
|
||||
samples/plot/Makefile
|
||||
samples/applet/Makefile
|
||||
utils/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrc/Makefile
|
||||
utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
|
||||
utils/convertrc/Makefile
|
||||
])
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 440 B |
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the known bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item No bugs
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
wxObject
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct wxCDtime {
|
||||
wxUint8 track
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
|
||||
MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Table of contents manager
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
No base class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the length of the specified track
|
||||
track: track to get length
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the position of the specified track
|
||||
track: track to get position
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the total time
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
|
||||
|
||||
Play audio at the specified position
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
|
||||
|
||||
Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Pause the audio playing
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Resume a paused audio playing
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Get the current CD status
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Get the current playing time
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the table of contents
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
CD ok
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Change log}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the main Mmedia classes.
|
||||
|
||||
\input cdaudio.tex
|
||||
\input cdaudlnx.tex
|
||||
\input cdaudwin.tex
|
||||
\input cdtoc.tex
|
||||
\input sndbase.tex
|
||||
\input sndfile.tex
|
||||
\input sndfrmt.tex
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Introduction}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
|
||||
a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
|
||||
cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
|
||||
on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
|
||||
same.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{File structure}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
|
||||
\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
|
||||
\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
|
||||
\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
|
||||
\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
|
||||
\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
|
||||
\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
|
||||
\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
|
||||
\item[sndulaw.h]
|
||||
\item[sndulaw.cpp]
|
||||
\item[sndg72x.h]
|
||||
\item[sndg72x.cpp]
|
||||
\item[sndoss.h]
|
||||
\item[sndoss.cpp]
|
||||
\item[sndesd.h]
|
||||
\item[sndesd.cpp]
|
||||
\item[sndwin.h]
|
||||
\item[sndwin.cpp]
|
||||
\item[cdbase.h]
|
||||
\item[cdbase.cpp]
|
||||
\item[cdunix.h]
|
||||
\item[cdunix.cpp]
|
||||
\item[cdwin.h]
|
||||
\item[cdwin.cpp]
|
||||
\item[vidbase.h]
|
||||
\item[vidbase.cpp]
|
||||
\item[vidxanm.h]
|
||||
\item[vidxanm.cpp]
|
||||
\item[vidwin.h]
|
||||
\item[vidwin.cpp]
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
|
||||
\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
|
||||
\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\input psbox.tex
|
||||
\parindent 0pt
|
||||
\parskip 11pt
|
||||
\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
|
||||
\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
|
||||
\date{March 2000}
|
||||
|
||||
\makeindex
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{plain}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
\tableofcontents%
|
||||
|
||||
\input{intro.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{sample.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{classes.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{topics.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{bugs.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{changes.tex}
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
\printindex
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% %%%%%%% %%%%% %%%%%% %%%%% % %
|
||||
% % % % % % % % % %
|
||||
% % % % % % % % % %
|
||||
% %%%%%%% %%%%% %%%%%% % % %
|
||||
% % % % % % % % %
|
||||
% % % % % % % % %
|
||||
% % %%%%%% %%%%%% %%%%% % %
|
||||
%
|
||||
% By Jean Orloff
|
||||
% Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
|
||||
% No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
|
||||
% from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
|
||||
% with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
|
||||
% (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
|
||||
% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
|
||||
% the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
|
||||
% particular dvi->ps translator used.
|
||||
% History:
|
||||
% 1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
|
||||
% 1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
|
||||
% 1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
|
||||
% 1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
|
||||
% 1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
|
||||
% 1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
|
||||
% 1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
|
||||
% 1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
|
||||
%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\temp{1.31}
|
||||
\let\tempp=\relax
|
||||
\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
|
||||
\message{version: \temp}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
|
||||
\message{version: \temp}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
|
||||
psbox(\temp)!}
|
||||
\let\temp=\psboxversion
|
||||
\let\tempp=\endinput
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\tempp
|
||||
\let\psboxversion=\temp
|
||||
\catcode`\@=11
|
||||
% Every macro likes a little privacy...
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Some common defs
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
|
||||
\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
|
||||
\def\executeinspecs#1{%
|
||||
\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
|
||||
% universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
|
||||
% filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
|
||||
% TeX \scale commands)
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psfortextures{% For TeXtures on the Macintosh
|
||||
%-----------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
|
||||
}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psfordvitops{% For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
|
||||
%----------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
|
||||
}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psfordvips{% For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
|
||||
%--------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
% \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
|
||||
\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
|
||||
\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
|
||||
urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
|
||||
}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psforoztex{% For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
|
||||
%--------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
\special{##1 \space
|
||||
##2 1000 div dup scale
|
||||
\putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}}
|
||||
\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psfordvitps{% From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
|
||||
%---------------
|
||||
% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
|
||||
\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
|
||||
% and include the correct pathname, it should work
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
|
||||
\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
|
||||
\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
|
||||
}}
|
||||
\def\psforDVIALW{% Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
|
||||
%---------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
|
||||
\special{language "PS"
|
||||
literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
|
||||
include "##1"}}}
|
||||
\def\psonlyboxes{% Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
|
||||
%---------------
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
|
||||
{\vss
|
||||
\hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
|
||||
\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
|
||||
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
|
||||
\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
|
||||
{\vss
|
||||
\hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\def\psfor... add your own!
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
|
||||
% and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
|
||||
\newread\pst@mpin
|
||||
\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
|
||||
\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
|
||||
\newbox\drawingBox
|
||||
\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
|
||||
\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
|
||||
your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
|
||||
\def\@mpty{}
|
||||
\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
|
||||
\def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
|
||||
\def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}% needed by a crazyness of dvips!
|
||||
\ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
|
||||
\drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
|
||||
% !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
|
||||
\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
|
||||
\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
|
||||
\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
|
||||
{\catcode`\%=12
|
||||
\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
|
||||
} %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
|
||||
\def\ReadPSize#1{
|
||||
\edef\PSfilename{#1}
|
||||
\openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
|
||||
\ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
|
||||
\errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
|
||||
\psloc@lerr{was not found}
|
||||
\s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
|
||||
\closein\pst@mpin
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
|
||||
\loop
|
||||
\executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
|
||||
\ifeof\pst@mpin
|
||||
\errhelp=\PShelp
|
||||
\errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
|
||||
I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
|
||||
\edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
|
||||
\psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
|
||||
\NotB@undingBoxfalse
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
|
||||
\ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
|
||||
\edef\t@mp{%
|
||||
\expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
|
||||
\expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
|
||||
\else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
|
||||
\closein\pst@mpin
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\message{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
|
||||
% TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
|
||||
% scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
|
||||
% Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
|
||||
% indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
|
||||
%
|
||||
\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
|
||||
\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
|
||||
\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
|
||||
\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
|
||||
\ReadPSize{#3}
|
||||
\divide\drawingwd by 1000
|
||||
\divide\drawinght by 1000
|
||||
\d@mx=#1
|
||||
\ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
|
||||
\else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
|
||||
\d@my=#2
|
||||
\ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
|
||||
\else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
|
||||
\ifnum\yscale=1000
|
||||
\else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
|
||||
\else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
|
||||
\divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
|
||||
\global\divide\pscm by 1000
|
||||
\global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
|
||||
\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
|
||||
\ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
|
||||
\message{scaled \the\xscale}
|
||||
\hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
|
||||
\global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
|
||||
\kern-\psyoffset
|
||||
\PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
|
||||
\vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
|
||||
\global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
|
||||
\global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
|
||||
\baselineskip=0pt
|
||||
\copy\drawingBox
|
||||
\vss}\hss}
|
||||
\global\psxoffset=0pt
|
||||
\global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
|
||||
\global\pscm=1cm
|
||||
\global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
|
||||
\global\drawinght=\drawinght
|
||||
}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
|
||||
% rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
|
||||
% TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
|
||||
% than 1/1000.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
|
||||
\ReadPSize{#2}
|
||||
\xscale=#1
|
||||
\message{scaled \the\xscale}
|
||||
\divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
|
||||
\divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
|
||||
\divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
|
||||
\divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
|
||||
\global\divide\pscm by 1000
|
||||
\global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
|
||||
\global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
|
||||
\kern-\psyoffset
|
||||
\PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
|
||||
\vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
|
||||
\global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
|
||||
\global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
|
||||
\baselineskip=0pt
|
||||
\copy\drawingBox
|
||||
\global\psxoffset=0pt
|
||||
\global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
|
||||
\global\pscm=1cm
|
||||
\global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
|
||||
\global\drawinght=\drawinght
|
||||
}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
|
||||
% enclose the picture
|
||||
\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
|
||||
% makes one file out of many
|
||||
% \splitfile joinedfilename
|
||||
% the opposite
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
|
||||
%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
|
||||
%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
|
||||
%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
|
||||
%\newread\pst@mpin
|
||||
\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
|
||||
\newif\ifc@ntrolline
|
||||
\newif\ifmatch
|
||||
\newread\j@insplitin
|
||||
\newwrite\j@insplitout
|
||||
\newwrite\psbj@inaux
|
||||
\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
|
||||
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
|
||||
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
|
||||
%
|
||||
\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
|
||||
\def\input#1 {
|
||||
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
|
||||
\oldinput #1 }
|
||||
\def\empty{}
|
||||
\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
|
||||
\def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
|
||||
\def\tmp{##2}
|
||||
\ifx\empty\tmp
|
||||
\matchfalse
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\matchtrue
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
\match#1#2\endmatch}
|
||||
\def\warnopenout#1#2{
|
||||
\setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
|
||||
\ifmatch
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
|
||||
\ifeof\pst@mpin
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
|
||||
press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
|
||||
\errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\immediate\closein\pst@mpin
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\message{#2}
|
||||
\immediate\openout#1=#2}
|
||||
% No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
|
||||
{
|
||||
\catcode`\%=12
|
||||
\gdef\splitfile#1 {
|
||||
\immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
|
||||
\message{Splitting file #1 into:}
|
||||
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
|
||||
\loop
|
||||
\ifeof
|
||||
\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\n@teoftrue
|
||||
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
|
||||
\ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
|
||||
\ifc@ntrolline
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
|
||||
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\ifn@teof\repeat
|
||||
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
|
||||
\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
|
||||
\def\t@mp{#1}
|
||||
\ifx\empty\t@mp
|
||||
\def\t@mp{#3}
|
||||
\ifx\empty\t@mp
|
||||
\global\c@ntrollinefalse
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
|
||||
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
|
||||
\global\c@ntrollinetrue
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\global\c@ntrollinefalse
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
|
||||
\message{Joining following files into}
|
||||
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
|
||||
\message{:}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
|
||||
\w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
|
||||
\w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
|
||||
\w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
|
||||
\w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
|
||||
\w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
|
||||
\w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
|
||||
\w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
|
||||
\w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
|
||||
\w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
|
||||
\w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
|
||||
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
|
||||
\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
|
||||
\def\t@mp{#1}
|
||||
\ifx\empty\t@mp
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\llj@in{#1}
|
||||
\tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
\gdef\llj@in#1{
|
||||
\immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
|
||||
\ifeof\j@insplitin
|
||||
\errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\message{#1}
|
||||
\toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
|
||||
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
|
||||
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
|
||||
\loop
|
||||
\ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
|
||||
\else\n@teoftrue
|
||||
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
|
||||
\toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
|
||||
\let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
|
||||
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\ifn@teof
|
||||
\repeat
|
||||
\immediate\closein\j@insplitin
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
}
|
||||
% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
|
||||
% everything it used.
|
||||
\def\autojoin{
|
||||
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
|
||||
\immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
|
||||
\input psbjoin.aux
|
||||
}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Annotations & Captions etc...
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
|
||||
% people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
|
||||
\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
|
||||
\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
|
||||
\setbox\drawingBox=#1
|
||||
\copy\drawingBox
|
||||
\vskip\baselineskip
|
||||
\vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
|
||||
\ifdim\wd0>\hsize
|
||||
\noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
|
||||
\else\centerline{\box0}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}}}
|
||||
% for compatibility with older versions
|
||||
\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
|
||||
\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
|
||||
% position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
|
||||
\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
|
||||
\rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
|
||||
% corner is the current point
|
||||
\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
|
||||
\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
|
||||
\setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
|
||||
{\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
|
||||
\gridht=#1
|
||||
\divide\gridht by \ht0
|
||||
\multiply\gridht by \ht0
|
||||
\gridwd=#2
|
||||
\divide\gridwd by \wd0
|
||||
\multiply\gridwd by \wd0
|
||||
\advance \gridwd by \wd0
|
||||
\vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Useful to measure where to put annotations
|
||||
\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
|
||||
\gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
|
||||
% inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
|
||||
% \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
|
||||
% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
|
||||
% TeXhackers reading this
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\textleftof#1:{
|
||||
\setbox1=#1
|
||||
\setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
|
||||
\advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
|
||||
\def\textrightof#1:{
|
||||
\setbox0=#1
|
||||
\setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
|
||||
\advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
|
||||
\def\endtext{
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
|
||||
\box0\cr%
|
||||
\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
|
||||
% draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
|
||||
% blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
|
||||
% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
|
||||
\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
|
||||
\hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
|
||||
\vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
|
||||
\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
|
||||
%
|
||||
% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
|
||||
% Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
|
||||
%\psfortextures% For TeXtures on the Macintosh
|
||||
%\psforoztex % For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
|
||||
%\psfordvitops % For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
|
||||
\psfordvips % For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
|
||||
%\psfordvitps % For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
|
||||
%\psforDVIALW % For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
|
||||
%\psonlyboxes % Blank Boxes (when all else fails).
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
To be written.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
|
||||
|
||||
AIFF codec
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%% Name: sndbase.tex
|
||||
%% Purpose: wxMMedia docs
|
||||
%% Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
|
||||
%% Modified by:
|
||||
%% Created: 2000
|
||||
%% RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
%% Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
|
||||
%% Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
Base class for sound streams
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
No base class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Include files}
|
||||
|
||||
<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% wxSoundStream errors
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{7cm}
|
||||
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
|
||||
either a driver or a file}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
|
||||
invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
|
||||
stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
|
||||
stream.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
|
||||
sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
|
||||
or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
|
||||
this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
|
||||
card with the specified values.}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it
|
||||
may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
|
||||
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
|
||||
\end{twocollist}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% C callback
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
|
||||
|
||||
When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event
|
||||
processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
|
||||
void *cdata);
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
|
||||
when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
|
||||
|
||||
{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
|
||||
sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
|
||||
|
||||
The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
|
||||
at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
|
||||
and cannot be changed until you call
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}
|
||||
events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT}
|
||||
events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
|
||||
you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
|
||||
careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% wxSoundStream events
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
|
||||
|
||||
The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
|
||||
a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
|
||||
buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
|
||||
\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking.
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
|
||||
previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
|
||||
process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
|
||||
block too.
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
%% Ctor && Dtor
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Default constructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
|
||||
any temporary buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% Read
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
|
||||
use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
|
||||
interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
|
||||
|
||||
It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
|
||||
sound event system.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
|
||||
and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
|
||||
See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound
|
||||
stream. The format is specified with
|
||||
\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% Write
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
|
||||
use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
|
||||
|
||||
It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
|
||||
sound event system.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Parameters}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
|
||||
and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
|
||||
See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
|
||||
|
||||
\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound
|
||||
stream. The format is specified with
|
||||
\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% GetBestSize
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
|
||||
a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
|
||||
So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
|
||||
will not block for this buffer size.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
|
||||
It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
|
||||
apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
|
||||
sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
|
||||
or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
|
||||
the error with
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Note}
|
||||
|
||||
The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Note}
|
||||
|
||||
If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
|
||||
approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
|
||||
with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% GetSoundFormat
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
|
||||
the stream itself.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% SetCallback
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
|
||||
|
||||
It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
|
||||
useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
|
||||
Each callback has its callback data.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% StartProduction
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of
|
||||
{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
|
||||
You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
|
||||
may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
|
||||
recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
|
||||
It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
|
||||
driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns the last error which occured.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
|
||||
until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
|
||||
|
||||
ESD output class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
You should not call this.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
G72X format
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND\_G721,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_G723\_40
|
||||
} wxSoundG72XType
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
This fixes a bug in Mingw95
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%% Name: sndfile.tex
|
||||
%% Purpose: wxMMedia docs
|
||||
%% Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
|
||||
%% Modified by:
|
||||
%% Created: 2000
|
||||
%% RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
%% Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
|
||||
%% Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
|
||||
|
||||
Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
|
||||
class).
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Include file}
|
||||
|
||||
wx/sndfile.h
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
It constructs a new file decoder object which will send
|
||||
audio data to the specified sound stream.
|
||||
The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
|
||||
{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
|
||||
Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
|
||||
the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
|
||||
|
||||
You will have access to the playback functions.
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
It constructs a new file coder object which will get
|
||||
data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
|
||||
The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
|
||||
is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
|
||||
it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
|
||||
the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It destroys the current sound file codec.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
|
||||
in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
|
||||
codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
|
||||
end of the file.
|
||||
On success, it returns TRUE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
|
||||
\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
|
||||
to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
|
||||
parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
|
||||
control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
|
||||
you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
|
||||
|
||||
On success, it returns TRUE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
|
||||
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
|
||||
errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
|
||||
in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
|
||||
(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
|
||||
|
||||
On success, it returns TRUE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
|
||||
production but keep the file pointer at the place.
|
||||
|
||||
If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
On success, it returns TREE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
When the file codec has been paused using
|
||||
\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
|
||||
resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
|
||||
FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
|
||||
FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
|
||||
point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
|
||||
the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and
|
||||
when it wants to start processing audio data.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
|
||||
advised for you to call this function. It is called by
|
||||
\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
|
||||
processing.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
|
||||
in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
|
||||
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
|
||||
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
|
||||
is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
|
||||
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
|
||||
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
|
||||
|
||||
It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
|
||||
{\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
|
||||
a length/position in bytes from a time value using
|
||||
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
|
||||
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
|
||||
|
||||
On success, it returns TRUE.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Warning}
|
||||
|
||||
Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
|
||||
it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
|
||||
it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
|
||||
But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
|
||||
may corrupt the current state of the stream.
|
||||
Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
|
||||
format object to decode it).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
|
||||
But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
|
||||
may corrupt the current state of the stream.
|
||||
Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
|
||||
format object to do this).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
|
||||
want to build a player (But also in some other case).
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
|
||||
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
|
||||
the stream you passed to it.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
|
||||
to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
|
||||
headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
|
||||
This should not be called by an external user but it should be
|
||||
implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
|
||||
|
||||
It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
|
||||
been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
|
||||
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
|
||||
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition to seek the input stream
|
||||
to the right position. This must be overidden by the file codec class.
|
||||
The position is relative to the beginning of the samples.
|
||||
If it is impossible (as for a piped input stream), you must return FALSE.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
|
||||
\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is an internal function but it must called by the file codec class when
|
||||
the "playing" preparation is finished and you know the size of the stream.
|
||||
If it is an {\it infinite} stream, you should set this to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to get new sound data to
|
||||
send to the device driver (or to a conversion codec). This must be eventually
|
||||
overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to read from
|
||||
the input stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to put new sound data received
|
||||
from the device driver (or from a conversion codec). This must be eventually
|
||||
overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to write to
|
||||
the input stream.
|
||||
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PCM specification class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Base class for sound format specification
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
No base class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_PCM,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_ULAW,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_G72X,
|
||||
wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
|
||||
} wxSoundFormatType
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
|
||||
which will be passed to the stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It returns a "standard" format type.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
It clones the current format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ULAW format
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ULAW converter class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
OSS output class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
You should not call this.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PCM converter class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
|
||||
|
||||
This is the router "codec" class. It should do codec routing when the device
|
||||
driver does not deal with a format.
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundCodec}{wxsoundcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Destructor.
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
SetSoundFormat will first try to setup the device driver with the specified
|
||||
format. If this fails, it will try to find a codec which will convert the
|
||||
input format to a valid format for the device driver. It uses an internal
|
||||
codec database.
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ULAW converter class
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WAVE codec
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
|
||||
|
||||
Internal but defined as public
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
; Last change: JAC 13 Oct 100 5:16 pm
|
||||
runTwice = yes
|
||||
titleFontSize = 12
|
||||
authorFontSize = 10
|
||||
chapterFontSize = 12
|
||||
sectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
subsectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
headerRule = yes
|
||||
footerRule = yes
|
||||
useHeadingStyles = yes
|
||||
listItemIndent=40
|
||||
generateHPJ = yes
|
||||
htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
|
||||
winHelpVersion = 3
|
||||
winHelpContents = yes
|
||||
winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
|
||||
truncateFilenames = no
|
||||
combineSubSections = yes
|
||||
\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
|
||||
\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
|
||||
\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
|
||||
\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
|
||||
\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
|
||||
\const [0] {{\bf const}}
|
||||
\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
htmlWorkshopFiles = true
|
||||
htmlIndex = true
|
||||
\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
|
||||
%\pythonnote [1] {}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% LaTeX style file
|
||||
% Name: texhelp.sty
|
||||
% Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Purpose
|
||||
% -------
|
||||
% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
|
||||
% hypertext manuals.
|
||||
% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
|
||||
% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
|
||||
% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
|
||||
% in all other formats.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Julian Smart
|
||||
% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% followed by a description of the class.
|
||||
% Each member should follow:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \membersection{wxName::Member}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% with a description of what this member does.
|
||||
% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{return type}{name}{args}
|
||||
% or
|
||||
% \member{type}{name}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
|
||||
|
||||
% Function, e.g.
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% void DoIt(char *string);
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
|
||||
\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS function
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a CLIPS function name
|
||||
\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Member: a type and a name
|
||||
\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Class: puts in index
|
||||
\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Void type
|
||||
\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset destructor
|
||||
\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset insert/extract operators
|
||||
\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
|
||||
\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
|
||||
% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
|
||||
% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with section reference
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
|
||||
\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
|
||||
\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like footnote, but popup text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Global document font size/family, help only.
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
|
||||
% Only print in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
|
||||
% in help systems!)
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Headings consistent with generated ones
|
||||
\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}
|
||||
{\LARGE \bf #1}
|
||||
\end{flushleft}
|
||||
\vskip 20pt
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Heading with entry in contents page.
|
||||
\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary entry
|
||||
\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
|
||||
\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, left aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, right aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
|
||||
% acts like \image.
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Headers and footers
|
||||
% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
|
||||
\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
|
||||
\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
|
||||
\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
|
||||
\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
|
||||
\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
|
||||
\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
|
||||
% in mirrored margins mode.
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{3cm}
|
||||
\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
|
||||
\twocolspacing{2}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
|
||||
{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
|
||||
\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
|
||||
\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
|
||||
\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
|
||||
{\end{list}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
|
||||
% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
|
||||
|
||||
% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
|
||||
% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
|
||||
\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
|
||||
% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
|
||||
% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
|
||||
% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
|
||||
\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
|
||||
#2%
|
||||
\end{list}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
|
||||
\sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
The following sections describe particular topics.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
To be written.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
Classes definition
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
wxObject
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_QT,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_GIF,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_FLI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_IFF,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_SGI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
|
||||
} wxVideoType
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
wxMMedia2 (video) types
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Ctors
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Dtor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
Size management
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
|
||||
|
||||
Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the video codec name
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the audio codec name
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return misc info about audio
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return frame rate
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return number of frames
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Called when the movie finished
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
|
||||
|
||||
Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
They return the state of the movie.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Class definition
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
|
||||
MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return codec name for each stream.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return misc. info about audio
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the total number of frames in the movie
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%
|
||||
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
|
||||
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Class definition
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Derived from}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
|
||||
|
||||
\wxheading{Data structures}
|
||||
|
||||
{\small \begin{verbatim}
|
||||
typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
|
||||
Display *xanim\_dpy
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the video codec name
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return the audio codec name
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return misc info about audio
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return frame rate
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Return number of frames in the movie
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
|
||||
|
||||
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Start the subprocess with the right parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
|
||||
|
||||
Send a command to the subprocess
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
|
||||
|
||||
\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
|
||||
|
||||
Collect informations from XAnim
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 978 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 440 B |
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Change log}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
|
||||
\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
|
||||
(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
|
||||
\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
|
||||
intercepted for Do/Undo.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item First publicly released version.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 996 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 959 B |
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Introduction}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
|
||||
manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
|
||||
|
||||
It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
|
||||
wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
|
||||
of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
|
||||
please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{File structure}
|
||||
|
||||
These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
|
||||
\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
|
||||
\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
|
||||
\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
|
||||
\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
|
||||
\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
|
||||
\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
|
||||
\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
|
||||
\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
|
||||
\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
|
||||
\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
|
||||
\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
|
||||
\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
|
||||
\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
|
||||
\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
|
||||
\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
|
||||
\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
|
||||
\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
|
||||
\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
|
||||
\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
|
||||
\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
|
||||
\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
|
||||
\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
|
||||
\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
[OPTIONS]
|
||||
BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\contrib\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
|
||||
TITLE=OGL Manual
|
||||
CONTENTS=Contents
|
||||
COMPRESS=HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
[FILES]
|
||||
ogl.rtf
|
||||
|
||||
[CONFIG]
|
||||
CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
|
||||
BrowseButtons()
|
||||
|
||||
[MAP]
|
||||
|
||||
[BITMAPS]
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
|
||||
\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
|
||||
\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
|
||||
\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
|
||||
\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
|
||||
\input psbox.tex
|
||||
\parindent 0pt
|
||||
\parskip 11pt
|
||||
\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
|
||||
\author{Julian Smart}
|
||||
\date{September 1998}
|
||||
|
||||
\makeindex
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{plain}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
\tableofcontents%
|
||||
|
||||
\input{intro.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{sample.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{classes.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{topics.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{bugs.tex}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\input{changes.tex}
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
|
||||
\printindex
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
|
||||
save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
|
||||
can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
|
||||
{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
|
||||
|
||||
The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
|
||||
housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
|
||||
a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
|
||||
and how a typical application might implement this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OGLEdit files}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
|
||||
classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
|
||||
\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
|
||||
the diagram.
|
||||
\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
|
||||
\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{How OGLEdit works}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
|
||||
member which itself contains the shapes.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
|
||||
defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
|
||||
individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
|
||||
|
||||
The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
|
||||
stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
|
||||
it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
|
||||
command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
|
||||
command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
|
||||
processing).
|
||||
|
||||
Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
|
||||
the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
|
||||
the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
|
||||
to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
|
||||
|
||||
The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
|
||||
two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
|
||||
shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
|
||||
processor to carry out the command.
|
||||
|
||||
DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
|
||||
interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
|
||||
when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
|
||||
one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
|
||||
should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
|
||||
that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
|
||||
copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
|
||||
sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
|
||||
Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
|
||||
correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
|
||||
compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
|
||||
simple.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Possible enhancements}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
|
||||
of OGL, such as:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
|
||||
\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
|
||||
\item divided rectangles
|
||||
\item composite shapes, and constraints
|
||||
\item creating labels in shape regions
|
||||
\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
|
||||
\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
|
||||
\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
|
||||
\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
|
||||
useful example for beginners.
|
||||
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
; Last change: JAC 13 Oct 100 5:11 pm
|
||||
runTwice = yes
|
||||
titleFontSize = 12
|
||||
authorFontSize = 10
|
||||
chapterFontSize = 12
|
||||
sectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
subsectionFontSize = 12
|
||||
headerRule = yes
|
||||
footerRule = yes
|
||||
useHeadingStyles = yes
|
||||
listItemIndent=40
|
||||
generateHPJ = no
|
||||
htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
|
||||
winHelpVersion = 3
|
||||
winHelpContents = yes
|
||||
winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
|
||||
truncateFilenames = yes
|
||||
combineSubSections = yes
|
||||
\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
|
||||
\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
|
||||
\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
|
||||
\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
|
||||
\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
|
||||
\const [0] {{\bf const}}
|
||||
\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
htmlWorkshopFiles = true
|
||||
htmlIndex = true
|
||||
\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
|
||||
%\pythonnote [1] {}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% LaTeX style file
|
||||
% Name: texhelp.sty
|
||||
% Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Purpose
|
||||
% -------
|
||||
% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
|
||||
% hypertext manuals.
|
||||
% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
|
||||
% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
|
||||
% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
|
||||
% in all other formats.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Julian Smart
|
||||
% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
|
||||
%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% followed by a description of the class.
|
||||
% Each member should follow:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \membersection{wxName::Member}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% with a description of what this member does.
|
||||
% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{return type}{name}{args}
|
||||
% or
|
||||
% \member{type}{name}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
|
||||
|
||||
% Function, e.g.
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% void DoIt(char *string);
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
|
||||
% e.g. to typeset
|
||||
%
|
||||
% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% write:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
|
||||
\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS function
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
|
||||
{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is used for a CLIPS function name
|
||||
\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Member: a type and a name
|
||||
\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
|
||||
\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Class: puts in index
|
||||
\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Void type
|
||||
\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset destructor
|
||||
\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Typeset insert/extract operators
|
||||
\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
|
||||
\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
|
||||
% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
|
||||
% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with section reference
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
|
||||
|
||||
% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
|
||||
\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
|
||||
\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Like footnote, but popup text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Global document font size/family, help only.
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in all on-line help
|
||||
\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
|
||||
% Only print in LaTeX
|
||||
\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in linear RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in WinHelp RTF
|
||||
\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in wxHelp
|
||||
\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Ignore in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% Only print in HTML
|
||||
\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
|
||||
% in help systems!)
|
||||
\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
|
||||
|
||||
% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Headings consistent with generated ones
|
||||
\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}
|
||||
{\LARGE \bf #1}
|
||||
\end{flushleft}
|
||||
\vskip 20pt
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Heading with entry in contents page.
|
||||
\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossary entry
|
||||
\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
|
||||
\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, left aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Image, right aligned (HTML)
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
|
||||
% acts like \image.
|
||||
\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Headers and footers
|
||||
% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
|
||||
\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
|
||||
\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
|
||||
\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
|
||||
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
|
||||
\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
|
||||
\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
|
||||
\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
|
||||
\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
|
||||
% in mirrored margins mode.
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolwidtha{3cm}
|
||||
\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
|
||||
\twocolspacing{2}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
|
||||
\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
|
||||
{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
|
||||
\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
|
||||
\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
|
||||
|
||||
% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
|
||||
\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
|
||||
{\end{list}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
|
||||
% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
|
||||
% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
|
||||
% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
|
||||
|
||||
% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
|
||||
% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
|
||||
\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
|
||||
% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
|
||||
% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
|
||||
% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
|
||||
\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
|
||||
#2%
|
||||
\end{list}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
|
||||
\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
|
||||
\sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Topic overviews}
|
||||
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
|
||||
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
The following sections describe particular topics.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
|
||||
|
||||
\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
|
||||
for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
|
||||
wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
|
||||
member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
|
||||
resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
|
||||
click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
|
||||
nodes with arcs, and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
|
||||
erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
|
||||
and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
|
||||
mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
|
||||
application.
|
||||
|
||||
Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
|
||||
wxRectangleShapes.
|
||||
|
||||
Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
|
||||
{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
|
||||
what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
|
||||
and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
|
||||
which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
|
||||
An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
|
||||
event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
|
||||
new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
|
||||
of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
|
||||
existing shape classes.
|
||||
|
||||
A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
|
||||
polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
|
||||
new shapes from wxShape.
|
||||
|
||||
Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
|
||||
shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
|
||||
|
||||
A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
|
||||
division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
|
||||
the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
|
||||
mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
|
||||
|
||||
{\small
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Divided rectangle with 3 regions
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
|
||||
|
||||
wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
|
||||
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
|
||||
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
|
||||
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
|
||||
dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
|
||||
dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
|
||||
dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
dividedRect->NameRegions();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
|
||||
dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
|
||||
|
||||
region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
|
||||
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
|
||||
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
region = new wxShapeRegion;
|
||||
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
|
||||
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
|
||||
|
||||
dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
|
||||
dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
|
||||
dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
|
||||
dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
dividedRect3->NameRegions();
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
|
||||
|
||||
Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
|
||||
|
||||
The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
|
||||
a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
|
||||
|
||||
Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
|
||||
add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
|
||||
|
||||
After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
|
||||
will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
|
||||
constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
|
||||
|
||||
If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
|
||||
the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
|
||||
move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
|
||||
|
||||
To specify a constraint, you need three things:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
|
||||
\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
|
||||
\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
|
||||
{\it constraining} shape;
|
||||
\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
|
||||
constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
|
||||
|
||||
For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
|
||||
Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
|
||||
usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
|
||||
calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
|
||||
wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
|
||||
the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
|
||||
can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
|
||||
shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
|
||||
but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
|
||||
Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
|
||||
|
||||
To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
|
||||
Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 998 B |
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the wxApplet class
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_APPLET_H
|
||||
#define __WX_APPLET_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Forward declaration
|
||||
class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Defines the abstract base class for wxApplet objects.
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxApplet : public wxPanel {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxApplet);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//wxHtmlAppletWindow *m_parent;
|
||||
|
||||
// Special handler for background erase messages
|
||||
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor (called during dynamic creation)
|
||||
wxApplet() { m_parent = NULL; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Psuedo virtual constructor
|
||||
virtual bool Create(
|
||||
wxHtmlAppletWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxHtmlTag& params,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER);
|
||||
|
||||
// Virtual destructor
|
||||
virtual ~wxApplet();
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle HTML navigation to a new URL
|
||||
virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle HTML navigation forward command in applet
|
||||
virtual void OnHistoryForward() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle HTML navigation back command in applet
|
||||
virtual void OnHistoryBack() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle messages from the wxAppletManager and other applets
|
||||
virtual void OnMessage(wxEvent& msg) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_APPLET_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for wxEchoVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
|
||||
* objects representing variables in SSI #echo directive
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_ECHOVAR_H
|
||||
#define __WX_ECHOVAR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
wxEchoVariable class Definition
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxEchoVariable : public wxObject {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEchoVariable);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxEchoVariable() : wxObject() {}
|
||||
~wxEchoVariable() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
RETURNS:
|
||||
The boolean value of the variable
|
||||
|
||||
PARAMETERS:
|
||||
parms - Optional parameter string passed from parm= field in HTML
|
||||
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
To create new variables for the #echo HTML preprocessing directives
|
||||
you need to derive classes from wxEchoVariable and override the
|
||||
pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
|
||||
but by using the BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE and END_ECHO_VARIABLE macros
|
||||
|
||||
SEE ALSO:
|
||||
wxEchoPrep, BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE, END_ECHO_VARIABLE
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
|
||||
static wxString GetValue(const wxString &cls, const char *parms = NULL);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define ECHO_PARM (_BEV_parm)
|
||||
#define BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(name) \
|
||||
class wxEchoVariable##name : public wxEchoVariable { \
|
||||
private: \
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##); \
|
||||
public: \
|
||||
wxEchoVariable##name##() : wxEchoVariable() {} \
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const; \
|
||||
}; \
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##, wxEchoVariable); \
|
||||
wxString wxEchoVariable##name :: GetValue(const char *parms) const { \
|
||||
wxString _BEV_parm = wxString(parms);
|
||||
|
||||
#define END_ECHO_VARIABLE(name, returnval) \
|
||||
return returnval; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRING_ECHO_VARIABLE(name, string) \
|
||||
BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(##name##); \
|
||||
END_ECHO_VARIABLE(##name##, wxString(##string##))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_ECHOVAR_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for wxIfElseVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
|
||||
* objects representing variables in SSI #if, #else and #endif directives
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
|
||||
#define __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
This class is used to create variables for the HTML preprocessor #if, #else,
|
||||
and #endif directives.
|
||||
|
||||
SEE ALSO:
|
||||
wxIfElsePrep
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxIfElseVariable : public wxObject {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxIfElseVariable() : wxObject() {}
|
||||
~wxIfElseVariable() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
RETURNS:
|
||||
The boolean value of the variable
|
||||
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
To create new variables for the #if, #else and #endif HTML preprocessing
|
||||
blocks you need to derive classes from wxIfElseVariable and override the
|
||||
pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
|
||||
but by using the BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE and END_IFELSE_VARIABLE macros
|
||||
|
||||
SEE ALSO:
|
||||
wxIfElsePrep, BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE, END_IFELSE_VARIABLE
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
|
||||
static bool GetValue(const wxString &cls);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(name) \
|
||||
class wxIfElseVariable##name : public wxIfElseVariable { \
|
||||
private: \
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##); \
|
||||
public: \
|
||||
wxIfElseVariable##name##() : wxIfElseVariable() {} \
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const; \
|
||||
}; \
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##, wxIfElseVariable); \
|
||||
bool wxIfElseVariable##name :: GetValue() const {
|
||||
|
||||
#define END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(name, returnval) \
|
||||
return returnval; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define IFELSE_VARIABLE(name, state) \
|
||||
BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(##name##); \
|
||||
END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(##name##, bool (state))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the wxLoadPage Event class
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
|
||||
#define __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Forward declaration
|
||||
class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
// If we are compiling this code into a library that links against
|
||||
// the DLL, we need to remove all the __declspec(dllimports) that
|
||||
// would declare our classes below incorrectly.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WXMAKINGDLL
|
||||
#undef WXDLLEXPORT
|
||||
#define WXDLLEXPORT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Declare our local load page event type
|
||||
BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE, wxEVT_USER_FIRST+1)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, wxEVT_USER_FIRST+2)
|
||||
END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Defines the class for load page events.
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxLoadPageEvent : public wxEvent {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLoadPageEvent);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_hRef;
|
||||
wxHtmlAppletWindow *m_htmlWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
wxLoadPageEvent(const wxString &hRef = "",wxHtmlAppletWindow *htmlWindow = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Destructor
|
||||
~wxLoadPageEvent() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the hmtl window for the load page operation
|
||||
wxHtmlAppletWindow *GetHtmlWindow() { return m_htmlWindow; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the hRef string for the load page operation
|
||||
const wxString & GetHRef() { return m_hRef; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor for the object
|
||||
void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Define the macro to create our event type
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxLoadPageEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEvent&);
|
||||
#define EVT_LOAD_PAGE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Defines the class for pageloaded events.
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxPageLoadedEvent : public wxEvent {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageLoadedEvent);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
wxPageLoadedEvent();
|
||||
|
||||
// Destructor
|
||||
~wxPageLoadedEvent() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor for the object
|
||||
void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Define the macro to create our event type
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPageLoadedEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEvent&);
|
||||
#define EVT_PAGE_LOADED(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the Preprocessor of the #echo directive
|
||||
* in wxHTML.
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_PREPECHO_H
|
||||
#define __WX_PREPECHO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Echo Preprocessor class Definition
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxEchoPrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
//DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoPrep);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxEchoPrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
|
||||
~wxEchoPrep() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process input text and return processed result
|
||||
wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
|
||||
// is the processor applied to the text.
|
||||
int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the Preprocessor of the #if SSI directive
|
||||
* in wxHTML.
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
|
||||
#define __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
If Else Preprocessor class Definition
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxIfElsePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
//DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElsePrep);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxIfElsePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
|
||||
~wxIfElsePrep() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process input text and return processed result
|
||||
wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
|
||||
// is the processor applied to the text.
|
||||
int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the Preprocessor of the #include directive
|
||||
* in wxHTML.
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
|
||||
#define __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
wxIncludePrep class Definition
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxIncludePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
//DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIncludePrep);
|
||||
wxString DOC_ROOT;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxIncludePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {DOC_ROOT = wxString("");}
|
||||
~wxIncludePrep() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process input text and return processed result
|
||||
wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
|
||||
// is the processor applied to the text.
|
||||
int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM; }
|
||||
|
||||
void ChangeDirectory(const wxString &dir);
|
||||
wxString GetDirectory() { return DOC_ROOT; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* wxWindows HTML Applet Package
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
|
||||
* Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
|
||||
* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
|
||||
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
|
||||
* rights and limitations under the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ========================================================================
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Language: ANSI C++
|
||||
* Environment: Any
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Header file for the wxHtmlAppletWindow class
|
||||
*
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
|
||||
#define __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Forward declare
|
||||
class wxApplet;
|
||||
class wxLoadPageEvent;
|
||||
class wxPageLoadedEvent;
|
||||
class wxIncludePrep;
|
||||
|
||||
// Declare a linked list of wxApplet pointers
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxApplet, wxAppletList);
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Defines the class for virtual-link data types
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class VirtualData : public wxObject {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_name;
|
||||
wxString m_group;
|
||||
wxString m_href;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Ctors
|
||||
VirtualData(
|
||||
wxString& name,
|
||||
wxString& group,
|
||||
wxString& href );
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets
|
||||
wxString GetName(){ return m_name;};
|
||||
wxString GetGroup(){ return m_group;};
|
||||
wxString GetHref(){ return m_href;};
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets
|
||||
void SetName (wxString& s){ m_name = s; };
|
||||
void SetGroup(wxString& s){ m_group = s; };
|
||||
void SetHref (wxString& s){ m_href = s; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
REMARKS:
|
||||
Defines the class for wxAppletWindow. This class is derived from the
|
||||
wxHtmlWindow class and extends it with functionality to handle embedded
|
||||
wxApplet's on the HTML pages.
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
class wxHtmlAppletWindow : public wxHtmlWindow {
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxHtmlAppletWindow);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_mutexLock;
|
||||
wxIncludePrep *incPreprocessor; // deleted by list it is added too in constructor
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxAppletList m_AppletList;
|
||||
static wxHashTable m_Cookies;
|
||||
wxToolBarBase *m_NavBar;
|
||||
int m_NavBackId;
|
||||
int m_NavForwardId;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
wxHtmlAppletWindow(
|
||||
wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxToolBarBase *navBar = NULL,
|
||||
int navBackId = -1,
|
||||
int navForwardId = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "htmlAppletWindow");
|
||||
|
||||
// Destructor
|
||||
~wxHtmlAppletWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an instance of an applet based on it's class name
|
||||
wxApplet *CreateApplet(
|
||||
const wxString& classId,
|
||||
const wxString& iName,
|
||||
const wxHtmlTag ¶ms,
|
||||
const wxSize& size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an instance of an applet based on it's class name
|
||||
wxApplet *FindApplet(const wxString& className);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove an applet from the window. Called during applet destruction
|
||||
bool RemoveApplet(const wxApplet *applet);
|
||||
|
||||
// Load a new URL page
|
||||
virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
|
||||
|
||||
// Called when users clicked on hypertext link.
|
||||
virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
|
||||
|
||||
// Handles forward navigation within the HTML stack
|
||||
bool HistoryForward();
|
||||
|
||||
// Handles backwards navigation within the HTML stack
|
||||
bool HistoryBack();
|
||||
|
||||
// Broadcast a message to all applets on the page
|
||||
void SendMessage(wxEvent& msg);
|
||||
|
||||
// Register a cookie of data in the applet manager
|
||||
bool RegisterCookie(const wxString& name,wxObject *cookie);
|
||||
|
||||
// UnRegister a cookie of data in the applet manager
|
||||
bool UnRegisterCookie(const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find a cookie of data given it's public name
|
||||
wxObject *FindCookie(const wxString& name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Event handlers to load a new page
|
||||
void OnLoadPage(wxLoadPageEvent &event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Event handlers to load a new page
|
||||
void OnPageLoaded(wxPageLoadedEvent &event);
|
||||
|
||||
// LoadPage mutex locks
|
||||
void Lock() { m_mutexLock = true;};
|
||||
void UnLock() { m_mutexLock = false;};
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns TRUE if the mutex is locked, FALSE otherwise.
|
||||
bool IsLocked() { return m_mutexLock;};
|
||||
|
||||
// Tries to lock the mutex. If it can't, returns immediately with false.
|
||||
bool TryLock();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
|
||||
#define __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "bbox.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/matrix.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/geometry.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum OVERLAP {_IN,_ON,_OUT};
|
||||
|
||||
//Purpose The wxBoundingBox class stores one wxBoundingBox.
|
||||
//The wxBoundingBox is defined by two coordiates,
|
||||
//a upperleft coordinate and a lowerright coordinate.
|
||||
class wxBoundingBox
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBoundingBox();
|
||||
wxBoundingBox(wxBoundingBox&);
|
||||
wxBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
|
||||
wxBoundingBox(double xmin, double ymin, double xmax, double ymax);
|
||||
|
||||
bool And(wxBoundingBox*, double Marge = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void EnLarge(const double Marge);
|
||||
void Shrink(const double Marge);
|
||||
|
||||
void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble& , const wxPoint2DDouble&);
|
||||
void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
|
||||
void Expand(double x,double y);
|
||||
void Expand(const wxBoundingBox& bbox);
|
||||
|
||||
OVERLAP Intersect( wxBoundingBox &, double Marge = 0);
|
||||
bool LineIntersect(const wxPoint2DDouble& begin, const wxPoint2DDouble& end );
|
||||
bool PointInBox( const wxPoint2DDouble&, double Marge = 0);
|
||||
bool PointInBox( double, double, double Marge = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
void Translate( wxPoint2DDouble& );
|
||||
void MapBbox( const wxTransformMatrix& matrix);
|
||||
|
||||
double GetWidth() {return m_maxx-m_minx;};
|
||||
double GetHeight(){return m_maxy-m_miny;};
|
||||
bool GetValid() const;
|
||||
void SetValid(bool);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble& a_point);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMin(double, double);
|
||||
void SetMax(double, double);
|
||||
inline wxPoint2DDouble GetMin();
|
||||
inline wxPoint2DDouble GetMax();
|
||||
inline double GetMinX(){return m_minx;};
|
||||
inline double GetMinY(){return m_miny;};
|
||||
inline double GetMaxX(){return m_maxx;};
|
||||
inline double GetMaxY(){return m_maxy;};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoundingBox& operator+( wxBoundingBox& );
|
||||
wxBoundingBox& operator=( const wxBoundingBox& );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//bounding box in world
|
||||
double m_minx;
|
||||
double m_miny;
|
||||
double m_maxx;
|
||||
double m_maxy;
|
||||
bool m_validbbox;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,859 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: canvas.h
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: XX/XX/XX
|
||||
// Copyright: 2000 (c) Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WXCANVAS_H__
|
||||
#define __WXCANVAS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "canvas.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/image.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/txtstrm.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/geometry.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/matrix.h"
|
||||
#include "bbox.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// decls
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvas;
|
||||
class wxCanvasAdmin;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasObject
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
enum wxDRAG_MODE
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDRAG_RECTANGLE,
|
||||
wxDRAG_ONTOP,
|
||||
wxDRAG_REDRAW
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasObject is the base class for Canvas Objects.
|
||||
// All Objects for drawing one the canvas are derived from this class.
|
||||
// It supports dragging and moving methods that can be used in derived
|
||||
// classes for defining several ways of dragging.
|
||||
// Also it is possible to plug in events handlers to do this for all derived classes at once.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// wxCanvasObjects have themselves as their event handlers by default,
|
||||
// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This
|
||||
// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow
|
||||
// alteration of a wxCanvasObject functionality
|
||||
class wxCanvasObject: public wxEvtHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject();
|
||||
|
||||
//If the position (x,y) is within the object this return a pointer to the object
|
||||
//Normally this function needs to be defined for each derived wxCanvasObject.
|
||||
//The default is a simple bounding box test.
|
||||
virtual wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
//render this object to the canvas (either on its buffer or directly on the canvas)
|
||||
//this depends on the wxDC that is set for the active canvas.
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
|
||||
//x position in world coordinates of the object
|
||||
virtual double GetPosX()=0;
|
||||
//y position in world coordinates of the object
|
||||
virtual double GetPosY()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//set position in world coordinates for the object
|
||||
virtual void SetPosXY( double x, double y)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//absolute moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
|
||||
//also does an update of the old and new area
|
||||
virtual void MoveAbsolute( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
//relative moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
|
||||
//also does an update of the old and new area
|
||||
virtual void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
//relative translate the object to position x,y in world coordinates
|
||||
//does NOT update the old and new area
|
||||
//this function must be defined for each derived object,
|
||||
//it is used internally for dragging and moving objects.
|
||||
virtual void TransLate( double x, double y )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//choose one of the three diffrenet drag methods |
|
||||
//DRAG_RECTANGLE = as a rectangle when drag is in progress |
|
||||
//DRAG_ONTOP = only redraw the object when dragging |
|
||||
//DRAG_REDRAW = redraw the damaged areas when dragging
|
||||
void SetDragMode(wxDRAG_MODE mode) { m_dragmode=mode; };
|
||||
|
||||
//return the dragmode
|
||||
wxDRAG_MODE GetDragMode() { return m_dragmode; };
|
||||
|
||||
//called when starting a drag
|
||||
virtual void DragStart();
|
||||
//called when dragging is in progress
|
||||
virtual void DragRelative( double x, double y);
|
||||
//called when dragging is ended
|
||||
virtual void DragEnd();
|
||||
|
||||
//return the object if it is part of the given object or
|
||||
//if the given object is part of a group within this object.
|
||||
//For group objects this means recursively search for it.
|
||||
virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
|
||||
//calculate the boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
virtual void CalcBoundingBox()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//write the object as SVG (scalable vector grafhics
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
//get the administrator for the object,
|
||||
//this will give access to the canvas's where it is displayed upon.
|
||||
//It is used to render the object to the active canvas.
|
||||
//Conversion from world to Device coordinates and visa versa is
|
||||
//done using the Active canvas at that moment.
|
||||
wxCanvasAdmin *GetAdmin() { return m_admin; }
|
||||
|
||||
//set the administrator
|
||||
virtual void SetAdmin( wxCanvasAdmin *admin ) { m_admin = admin; }
|
||||
|
||||
//is this a control type of canvas object
|
||||
bool IsControl() { return m_isControl; }
|
||||
//is this a vector type of canvas object
|
||||
bool IsVector() { return m_isVector; }
|
||||
//is this an Image type of canvas object
|
||||
bool IsImage() { return m_isImage; }
|
||||
|
||||
//get minimum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
inline double GetXMin() { return m_bbox.GetMinX(); }
|
||||
//get minimum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
inline double GetYMin() { return m_bbox.GetMinY(); }
|
||||
//get maximum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
inline double GetXMax() { return m_bbox.GetMaxX(); }
|
||||
//get maximum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
inline double GetYMax() { return m_bbox.GetMaxY(); }
|
||||
|
||||
//get boundingbox
|
||||
inline wxBoundingBox GetBbox() { return m_bbox; }
|
||||
|
||||
//redirect all mouse events for the canvas to this object
|
||||
void CaptureMouse();
|
||||
//release the mouse capture for this object
|
||||
void ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
//is the mouse captured for this object
|
||||
bool IsCapturedMouse();
|
||||
|
||||
//set if this object will visible (be rendered or not)
|
||||
inline void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible=visible; }
|
||||
//get visibility
|
||||
inline bool GetVisible() {return m_visible; }
|
||||
|
||||
//can the object be dragged
|
||||
inline void SetDraggable(bool drag) { m_dragable=drag; }
|
||||
//get if the object can be dragged
|
||||
inline bool GetDraggable() {return m_dragable; }
|
||||
|
||||
//get absolute area in the device coordinates where the object
|
||||
//its boundingbox in world coordinates is first translated using the matrix.
|
||||
wxRect GetAbsoluteArea(const wxTransformMatrix& cworld);
|
||||
|
||||
//get currently used eventhandler (always the first in the list)
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
|
||||
|
||||
//process an event for the object, starting with the first eventhandler
|
||||
// in the list.
|
||||
bool ProcessCanvasObjectEvent(wxEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to
|
||||
// already existing ones
|
||||
void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
|
||||
|
||||
//remove first eventhandler in the list (one will be always stay in)
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
|
||||
//append an eventhandler to the list, this event handler will be called
|
||||
//if the other skipped the event to process.
|
||||
void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
|
||||
//remove last event handler in the list (one will always stay in)
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
//administator for rendering and accessing the canvas's
|
||||
wxCanvasAdmin* m_admin;
|
||||
|
||||
//active event handler, default the object itself
|
||||
wxEvtHandler* m_eventHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_isControl:1;
|
||||
bool m_isVector:1;
|
||||
bool m_isImage:1;
|
||||
bool m_visible:1;
|
||||
bool m_dragable:1;
|
||||
wxDRAG_MODE m_dragmode:3;
|
||||
|
||||
//boundingbox in world coordinates
|
||||
wxBoundingBox m_bbox;
|
||||
|
||||
//used for dragging
|
||||
wxBitmap m_atnewpos;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasObjectGroup is a container for wxCanvas derived Objects.
|
||||
// It renders itself by calling the render methods of the wxCanvasObjects it contains.
|
||||
// It can have nested groups also, in the same way as the other wxCanvasObjects it already contains.
|
||||
// The group has a matrix to position/rotate/scale the group.
|
||||
class wxCanvasObjectGroup: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasObjectGroup(double x, double y);
|
||||
virtual ~wxCanvasObjectGroup();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
|
||||
|
||||
//prepend a wxCanvasObject to this group
|
||||
virtual void Prepend( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
//append a wxCanvasObject to this group
|
||||
virtual void Append( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
//insert a wxCanvasObject to this group
|
||||
virtual void Insert( size_t before, wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
//remove the given object from the group
|
||||
virtual void Remove( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
|
||||
//those this group contain the given object.
|
||||
//in case of nested groups also search in there to the lowwest level.
|
||||
virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
|
||||
//returns index of the given wxCanvasObject in this group
|
||||
virtual int IndexOf( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
//remove all wxCanvasObjects from the group (flag for deletion of the objectsalso)
|
||||
void DeleteContents( bool );
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
//recursive call the IsHitWorld on all contained objects, the first
|
||||
//one that is hit will be returned
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
//to position the object
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix lworld;
|
||||
|
||||
wxList m_objects;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxCanvas;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasObjectRef is a reference to any wxCanvasObject derived class.
|
||||
// It does not duplicate the referenced object.
|
||||
// It has a matrix to reposition/rotate/scale the object it references.
|
||||
// The position/matrix of the referenced Object is accumulated with the one here.
|
||||
class wxCanvasObjectRef: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasObjectRef(double x, double y,wxCanvasObject* obj);
|
||||
|
||||
//set rotation for the reference
|
||||
void SetRotation(double rotation);
|
||||
|
||||
//set scale in x and y ( > zero)
|
||||
void SetScale( double scalex, double scaley );
|
||||
|
||||
void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
//return this object if one of the objects it references is hit
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
|
||||
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
|
||||
//recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
|
||||
//and also sets its own eventhandler
|
||||
wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
//to position the object
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix lworld;
|
||||
|
||||
//reference to another wxCanvasObject
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* m_obj;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasRect
|
||||
class wxCanvasRect: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasRect( double x, double y, double w, double h , double radius=0 );
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; };
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
double m_width;
|
||||
double m_height;
|
||||
double m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasCircle
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
class wxCanvasCircle: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasCircle( double x, double y, double radius );
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; };
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
double m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasEllipse
|
||||
class wxCanvasEllipse: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasEllipse( double x, double y, double width, double height );
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; };
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
double m_width;
|
||||
double m_height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasEllipticArc
|
||||
class wxCanvasEllipticArc: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasEllipticArc( double x, double y, double width, double height, double start, double end );
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; };
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
double m_width;
|
||||
double m_height;
|
||||
double m_start;
|
||||
double m_end;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasLine
|
||||
class wxCanvasLine: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x1; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y1; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x1=x; m_y1=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
|
||||
double m_x1;
|
||||
double m_y1;
|
||||
double m_x2;
|
||||
double m_y2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasImage
|
||||
class wxCanvasImage: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasImage( const wxImage &image, double x, double y, double w, double h );
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
double m_width;
|
||||
double m_height;
|
||||
|
||||
wxImage m_image;
|
||||
int m_orgw,m_orgh;
|
||||
|
||||
// cache
|
||||
wxBitmap m_cBitmap;
|
||||
wxImage m_cImage;
|
||||
int m_cW;
|
||||
int m_cH;
|
||||
double m_cR;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasControl
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvasControl: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasControl( wxWindow *control );
|
||||
~wxCanvasControl();
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX();
|
||||
double GetPosY();
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxWindow *m_control;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvasText
|
||||
class wxCanvasText: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasText( const wxString &text, double x, double y, const wxString &foneFile, int size );
|
||||
~wxCanvasText();
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
void SetRGB( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
|
||||
void SetFlag( int flag );
|
||||
int GetFlag() { return m_flag; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_text;
|
||||
double m_x;
|
||||
double m_y;
|
||||
unsigned char *m_alpha;
|
||||
void *m_faceData;
|
||||
int m_flag;
|
||||
int m_red;
|
||||
int m_green;
|
||||
int m_blue;
|
||||
wxString m_fontFileName;
|
||||
int m_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
// wxCanvas is used to display a wxCanvasGroupObject, which contains wxCanvasObject derived
|
||||
// drawable objects. The group to draw is called the root.
|
||||
// All objects are defined in world coordinates, relative to its parent (e.g. nested groups)
|
||||
// There are methods to convert from world to device coordinates and visa versa.
|
||||
// Rendering a draw is normally started on the root, it to a buffer, afterwords
|
||||
// an update of the damaged parts will blitted from the buffer to the screen.
|
||||
// This is done in Idle time, but can also be forced.
|
||||
// World coordinates can be with the Y axis going up are down.
|
||||
// The area of the drawing in world coordinates that is visible on the canvas
|
||||
// can be set. Parts of this area can be zoomed into resulting in scroll bars
|
||||
// to be displayed.
|
||||
class wxCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and destructors
|
||||
wxCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
|
||||
virtual ~wxCanvas();
|
||||
|
||||
//background colour for the canvas
|
||||
virtual void SetColour( const wxColour& background );
|
||||
|
||||
//update the area given in device coordinates
|
||||
virtual void Update( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool blit = TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
//blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
|
||||
//Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
|
||||
//will take to long.
|
||||
virtual void UpdateNow();
|
||||
|
||||
//prevent canvas activety
|
||||
virtual void Freeze();
|
||||
//allow canvas activety
|
||||
virtual void Thaw();
|
||||
|
||||
//get the buffer that is used for rendering in general
|
||||
inline wxBitmap *GetBuffer() { return &m_buffer; }
|
||||
//get the DC that is used for rendering
|
||||
inline wxDC *GetDC() { return m_renderDC; }
|
||||
//set the DC that is used for rendering
|
||||
inline void SetDC(wxDC* dc) { m_renderDC=dc; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline int GetBufferWidth() { return m_buffer.GetWidth(); }
|
||||
inline int GetBufferHeight() { return m_buffer.GetHeight(); }
|
||||
|
||||
//updating is needed for the canvas if the buffer did change
|
||||
bool NeedUpdate() { return m_needUpdate; }
|
||||
bool IsFrozen() { return m_frozen; }
|
||||
|
||||
//blit damaged areas in the buffer to the screen
|
||||
void BlitBuffer( wxDC &dc );
|
||||
|
||||
//redirect events to this canvas object
|
||||
void SetCaptureMouse( wxCanvasObject *obj );
|
||||
//are events redirected, if so return the object else NULL
|
||||
inline wxCanvasObject* GetCaptured() { return m_captureMouse;}
|
||||
|
||||
//set the root group where the objects for this canvas are stored
|
||||
void SetRoot(wxCanvasObjectGroup* aroot){m_root=aroot;}
|
||||
|
||||
//get root group that is displayed on the canvas
|
||||
wxCanvasObjectGroup* GetRoot(){return m_root;}
|
||||
|
||||
//scroll the window in device coordinates
|
||||
virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
|
||||
const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
//get y axis orientation
|
||||
virtual bool GetYaxis() { return FALSE; }
|
||||
|
||||
//get the visible part in world coordinates
|
||||
virtual double GetMinX() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMinY() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMaxX() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMaxY() const;
|
||||
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBitmap m_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
//always available and m_buffer selected
|
||||
wxDC* m_renderDC;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_needUpdate;
|
||||
wxList m_updateRects;
|
||||
wxCanvasObjectGroup* m_root;
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour m_background;
|
||||
bool m_frozen;
|
||||
wxCanvasObject *m_lastMouse;
|
||||
wxCanvasObject *m_captureMouse;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_oldDeviceX,m_oldDeviceY;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasAdmin* m_admin;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_bufferX,m_bufferY;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent &event );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxCanvas)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxVectorCanvas: public wxCanvas
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and destructors
|
||||
wxVectorCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
|
||||
|
||||
//scroll the window in device coordinates
|
||||
virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
|
||||
const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
//set if the Yaxis goes up or down
|
||||
void SetYaxis(bool up) { m_yaxis=up; }
|
||||
|
||||
//get currently used Yaxis setting
|
||||
virtual bool GetYaxis() { return m_yaxis; }
|
||||
|
||||
//to set the total area in world coordinates that can be scrolled.
|
||||
// when totaly zoomed out (SetMappingScroll same size as given here),
|
||||
// this will be the area displayed.
|
||||
// To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
|
||||
// of the canvas.
|
||||
void SetScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2);
|
||||
|
||||
//given the virtual size to be displayed, the mappingmatrix will be calculated
|
||||
//in such a manner that it fits (same ratio in width and height) to the window size.
|
||||
//The window size is used to intitialize the mapping.
|
||||
//The virtual size is just an indication, it will be ajusted to fit in the client window ratio.
|
||||
//When border is set an extra margin is added so that the drawing will fit nicely.
|
||||
// To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
|
||||
// of the canvas.
|
||||
void SetMappingScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2,bool border);
|
||||
|
||||
//matrix for calculating the virtual coordinate given a screen coordinate
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix GetInverseMappingMatrix();
|
||||
|
||||
//matrix for calculating the screen coordinate given a virtual coordinate
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix GetMappingMatrix();
|
||||
|
||||
//get minimum X of the visible part in world coordinates
|
||||
virtual double GetMinX() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMinY() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMaxX() const;
|
||||
virtual double GetMaxY() const;
|
||||
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates and back
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
|
||||
virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
|
||||
virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// up or down
|
||||
bool m_yaxis;
|
||||
|
||||
// holds the matrix for mapping from virtual to screen coordinates
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix m_mapping_matrix;
|
||||
|
||||
// holds the inverse of the mapping matrix
|
||||
wxTransformMatrix m_inverse_mapping;
|
||||
|
||||
//virtual coordinates of total drawing
|
||||
double m_virtm_minX, m_virtm_minY, m_virtm_maxX, m_virtm_maxY;
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual coordinates box
|
||||
double m_virt_minX, m_virt_minY, m_virt_maxX, m_virt_maxY;
|
||||
|
||||
// bounding box
|
||||
double m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
|
||||
|
||||
//are scroll bars active?
|
||||
bool m_scrolled;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxVectorCanvas)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//:defenition
|
||||
//Contains a list of wxCanvas Objects that will be maintained through this class.
|
||||
//Each wxCanvasObject can be displayed on several wxCanvas Objects at the same time.
|
||||
//The active wxCanvas is used to render and convert coordinates from world to device.
|
||||
//So it is important to set the active wxCanvas based on the wxCanvas that has the focus
|
||||
//or is scrolled etc. This is normally done within wxCanvas when appropriate.
|
||||
class wxCanvasAdmin
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and destructors
|
||||
wxCanvasAdmin();
|
||||
virtual ~wxCanvasAdmin();
|
||||
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates
|
||||
double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates
|
||||
double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
|
||||
double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
|
||||
//convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
|
||||
double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
|
||||
//convert from virtual to window coordinates
|
||||
int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
|
||||
//convert from virtual to window coordinates
|
||||
int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
|
||||
//convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
|
||||
int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
|
||||
//convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
|
||||
int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
//update in the buffer off all canvases, the area given in world coordinates
|
||||
virtual void Update(wxCanvasObject* obj, double x, double y, double width, double height);
|
||||
|
||||
//blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
|
||||
//Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
|
||||
//will take to long.
|
||||
virtual void UpdateNow();
|
||||
|
||||
//append another canvas
|
||||
virtual void Append( wxCanvas* canvas );
|
||||
|
||||
//remove a canvas
|
||||
virtual void Remove( wxCanvas* canvas );
|
||||
|
||||
//set the given canvas as active (for rendering, coordinate conversion etc.)
|
||||
void SetActive(wxCanvas* activate);
|
||||
|
||||
//get active canvas
|
||||
inline wxCanvas* GetActive() {return m_active;};
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxList m_canvaslist;
|
||||
wxCanvas* m_active;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// WXCANVAS
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: liner.h
|
||||
// Author: Klaas Holwerda
|
||||
// Created: 1/10/2000
|
||||
// Copyright: 2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
#ifndef __WXLINER_H
|
||||
#define __WXLINER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "liner.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/geometry.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum OUTPRODUCT {R_IS_LEFT,R_IS_ON,R_IS_RIGHT};
|
||||
|
||||
// Status of a point to a wxLine
|
||||
enum R_PointStatus {R_LEFT_SIDE, R_RIGHT_SIDE, R_ON_AREA, R_IN_AREA};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxLine
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and destructor
|
||||
wxLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
|
||||
wxLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a, const wxPoint2DDouble& b);
|
||||
~wxLine();
|
||||
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble GetBeginPoint(); // Get the beginpoint from a wxLine
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble GetEndPoint(); // Get the endpoint from a wxLine
|
||||
bool CheckIntersect( wxLine&, double Marge); // Check if two wxLines intersects
|
||||
int Intersect( wxLine&, wxPoint2DDouble& bp ,wxPoint2DDouble& ep ,double Marge) ; // Intersects two wxLines
|
||||
bool Intersect( wxLine& lijn, wxPoint2DDouble& crossing); //intersect two (infinit) lines
|
||||
R_PointStatus PointOnLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For an infinite wxLine
|
||||
R_PointStatus PointInLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For a non-infinite wxLine
|
||||
OUTPRODUCT OutProduct( const wxLine& two, double accur); // outproduct of two wxLines
|
||||
double Calculate_Y( double X); // Caclulate Y if X is known
|
||||
void Virtual_Point( wxPoint2DDouble& a_point, double distance) const;
|
||||
wxLine& operator=( const wxLine&); // assignment operator
|
||||
void CalculateLineParameters(); // Calculate the parameters if nessecary
|
||||
void OffsetContour( const wxLine& nextline, double factor,wxPoint2DDouble& offsetpoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
int ActionOnTable1(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus); // Function needed for Intersect
|
||||
int ActionOnTable2(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus); // Function needed for Intersect
|
||||
|
||||
double m_AA;
|
||||
double m_BB;
|
||||
double m_CC;
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble m_a;
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble m_b;
|
||||
bool m_valid_parameters;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: polygon.h
|
||||
// Author: Klaas Holwerda
|
||||
// Created: XX/XX/XX
|
||||
// Copyright: 2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WXPOLYGON_H__
|
||||
#define __WXPOLYGON_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "polygon.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/matrix.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/geometry.h"
|
||||
#include "bbox.h"
|
||||
#include "canvas.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum INOUTPOLY {OUTSIDE_POLY,INSIDE_POLY,ON_POLY};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasPolygon
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvasPolygon: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasPolygon( int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[], bool spline = FALSE );
|
||||
~wxCanvasPolygon();
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; }
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
|
||||
|
||||
//set colour 1
|
||||
//being the background color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
|
||||
//or in case of gradient filling the starting colour for the fill
|
||||
void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
|
||||
//set colour 1
|
||||
//being the foreground color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
|
||||
//or in case of gradient filling the ending colour for the fill
|
||||
void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
|
||||
//transparent filling when bitmapbrush is monochrome
|
||||
void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
|
||||
//gradient filling using lines chnging in colour from colour1 to colour2
|
||||
void SetGradient(bool gradient, const wxPen& gpen, double distance)
|
||||
{ m_gradient=gradient;
|
||||
m_gpen=gpen;
|
||||
m_gdistance=distance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
bool MoveUp(double horline, int& index, int direction);
|
||||
void DetectCriticalPoints();
|
||||
void FillPolygon(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
wxList m_CRlist;
|
||||
wxList m_AETlist;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
wxColour m_textbg;
|
||||
wxColour m_textfg;
|
||||
|
||||
//if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
|
||||
bool m_transp;
|
||||
bool m_gradient;
|
||||
wxPen m_gpen;
|
||||
double m_gdistance;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_spline;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_n;
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasPolyline
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvasPolyline: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasPolyline(int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[]);
|
||||
~wxCanvasPolyline();
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
|
||||
double GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_n;
|
||||
wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasPolygon
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvasPolygonL: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasPolygonL(wxList* points, bool spline = FALSE);
|
||||
~wxCanvasPolygonL();
|
||||
void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush) { m_brush = brush; }
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
|
||||
void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
|
||||
void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
|
||||
void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX();
|
||||
double GetPosY();
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush m_brush;
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
bool m_spline;
|
||||
wxColour m_textbg;
|
||||
wxColour m_textfg;
|
||||
//if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
|
||||
bool m_transp;
|
||||
|
||||
wxList* m_lpoints;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCanvasPolyline
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCanvasPolylineL: public wxCanvasObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCanvasPolylineL(wxList* points, bool spline );
|
||||
~wxCanvasPolylineL();
|
||||
void SetPen( const wxPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
|
||||
|
||||
double GetPosX();
|
||||
double GetPosY();
|
||||
void SetPosXY( double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
void TransLate( double x, double y );
|
||||
void CalcBoundingBox();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
|
||||
virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPen m_pen;
|
||||
bool m_spline;
|
||||
|
||||
wxList* m_lpoints;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//active edge table
|
||||
class wxAET
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline void CalculateLineParameters( const wxPoint2DDouble& p1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& p2 );
|
||||
inline void CalculateXs( double y );
|
||||
|
||||
//line paramters
|
||||
bool m_horizontal;
|
||||
double m_BdivA;
|
||||
double m_CdivA;
|
||||
int m_index;
|
||||
int m_direction;
|
||||
//intersection point with scanline;
|
||||
double m_xs;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: editlbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: ListBox with editable items
|
||||
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_EDITLBOX_H__
|
||||
#define __WX_EDITLBOX_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "editlbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
// This class provides a composite control that lets the
|
||||
// user easily enter list of strings
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxEditableListBox : public wxPanel
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxEditableListBox);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxEditableListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("editableListBox"));
|
||||
|
||||
void SetStrings(const wxArrayString& strings);
|
||||
void GetStrings(wxArrayString& strings);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBitmapButton *m_bDel, *m_bNew, *m_bUp, *m_bDown, *m_bEdit;
|
||||
wxListCtrl *m_listCtrl;
|
||||
int m_selection;
|
||||
bool m_edittingNew;
|
||||
|
||||
void OnItemSelected(wxListEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEndLabelEdit(wxListEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnNewItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnDelItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEditItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnDownItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: multicell.h
|
||||
// Purpose: provide two new classes for layout, wxMultiCellSizer and wxMultiCellCanvas
|
||||
// Author: Jonathan Bayer
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created:
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Jonathan Bayer
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// This was inspired by the gbsizer class written by Alex Andruschak
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WX_MULTICELL_H__
|
||||
#define __WX_MULTICELL_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "multicell.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// The classes are derived from wxSizer
|
||||
#include "wx/sizer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
enum wxResizable
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNOT_RESIZABLE = 0x00,
|
||||
wxHORIZENTAL_RESIZABLE = 0x01,
|
||||
wxVERTICAL_RESIZABLE = 0x10,
|
||||
wxRESIZABLE = 0x11
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMultiCellItemHandle
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMultiCellItemHandle: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMultiCellItemHandle);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_column;
|
||||
int m_row;
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
wxResizable m_style;
|
||||
wxSize m_fixedSize;
|
||||
int m_alignment;
|
||||
wxSize m_weight;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMultiCellItemHandle( int row, int column, int height = 1, int width = 1, wxSize size = wxDefaultSize, wxResizable style = wxNOT_RESIZABLE, wxSize weight = wxSize(1,1), int align = wxALIGN_NOT);
|
||||
wxMultiCellItemHandle( int row, int column, wxSize size, wxResizable style = wxNOT_RESIZABLE, wxSize weight = wxSize(1,1), int align = wxALIGN_NOT);
|
||||
wxMultiCellItemHandle( int row, int column, wxResizable style, wxSize weight = wxSize(1,1), int align = wxALIGN_NOT);
|
||||
wxMultiCellItemHandle( int row, int column, int align);
|
||||
int GetColumn();
|
||||
int GetRow();
|
||||
int GetWidth();
|
||||
int GetHeight();
|
||||
wxResizable GetStyle();
|
||||
wxSize GetLocalSize();
|
||||
int GetAlignment();
|
||||
wxSize GetWeight();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Initialize( int row, int column, int height = 1, int width = 1, wxSize size = wxDefaultSize, wxResizable style = wxNOT_RESIZABLE, wxSize weight = wxSize(1,1), int align = wxALIGN_NOT);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMultiCellSizer
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMultiCellSizer : virtual public wxSizer
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMultiCellSizer);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSize m_cell_count;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMultiCellSizer(wxSize & size);
|
||||
wxMultiCellSizer(int rows, int cols);
|
||||
~wxMultiCellSizer();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void RecalcSizes();
|
||||
virtual wxSize CalcMin();
|
||||
bool SetDefaultCellSize(wxSize size);
|
||||
bool SetColumnWidth(int column, int colSize = 5, bool expandable = FALSE);
|
||||
bool SetRowHeight(int row, int rowSize = 5, bool expandable = FALSE);
|
||||
bool EnableGridLines(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
bool SetGridPen(wxPen *pen);
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void GetMinimums();
|
||||
int Sum(int *array, int x);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int *m_maxHeight;
|
||||
int *m_maxWidth;
|
||||
int *m_rowStretch;
|
||||
int *m_colStretch;
|
||||
wxSize **m_weights;
|
||||
wxSize **m_minSizes;
|
||||
int m_maxWeights;
|
||||
wxSize m_defaultCellSize;
|
||||
wxWindow *m_win; // usually used for debugging
|
||||
wxPen *m_pen;
|
||||
|
||||
void DrawGridLines(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
void Initialize(wxSize size);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// wxCell is used internally, so we don't need to declare it here
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCell;
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMultiCellCanvas
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMultiCellCanvas : public wxFlexGridSizer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMultiCellCanvas(wxWindow *parent, int numRows = 2, int numCols = 2);
|
||||
void Add(wxWindow *win, unsigned int row, unsigned int col);
|
||||
|
||||
void Resize(int numRows, int numCols);
|
||||
int MaxRows()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxRows;
|
||||
};
|
||||
int MaxCols()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxCols;
|
||||
};
|
||||
void CalculateConstraints();
|
||||
void SetMinCellSize(const wxSize size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_minCellSize = size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxWindow *m_parent;
|
||||
unsigned int m_maxRows, m_maxCols;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize m_minCellSize;
|
||||
wxCell **m_cells;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*** End of File ***/
|
||||
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: splittree.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Classes to achieve a remotely-scrolled tree in a splitter
|
||||
// window that can be scrolled by a scrolled window higher in the
|
||||
// hierarchy
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 8/7/2000
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SPLITTREE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SPLITTREE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "splittree.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Set this to 1 to use generic tree control (doesn't yet work properly)
|
||||
#define USE_GENERIC_TREECTRL 0
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/treectrl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/splitter.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_GENERIC_TREECTRL
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
|
||||
#ifndef wxTreeCtrl
|
||||
#define wxTreeCtrl wxGenericTreeCtrl
|
||||
#define sm_classwxTreeCtrl sm_classwxGenericTreeCtrl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl;
|
||||
class wxThinSplitterWindow;
|
||||
class wxSplitterScrolledWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This tree control disables its vertical scrollbar and catches scroll
|
||||
* events passed by a scrolled window higher in the hierarchy.
|
||||
* It also updates the scrolled window vertical scrollbar as appropriate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl: public wxTreeCtrl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS);
|
||||
~wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
//// Events
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnExpand(wxTreeEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Overrides
|
||||
// Override this in case we're using the generic tree control.
|
||||
// Calls to this should disable the vertical scrollbar.
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of pixels per user unit (0 or -1 for no scrollbar)
|
||||
// Length of virtual canvas in user units
|
||||
// Length of page in user units
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY,
|
||||
int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY,
|
||||
int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0,
|
||||
bool noRefresh = FALSE );
|
||||
|
||||
// In case we're using the generic tree control.
|
||||
// Get the view start
|
||||
virtual void GetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// In case we're using the generic tree control.
|
||||
virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
|
||||
// In case we're using the generic tree control.
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const;
|
||||
|
||||
//// Helpers
|
||||
void HideVScrollbar();
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate the tree overall size so we can set the scrollbar
|
||||
// correctly
|
||||
void CalcTreeSize(wxRect& rect);
|
||||
void CalcTreeSize(const wxTreeItemId& id, wxRect& rect);
|
||||
|
||||
// Adjust the containing wxScrolledWindow's scrollbars appropriately
|
||||
void AdjustRemoteScrollbars();
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the scrolled window that contains this control
|
||||
wxScrolledWindow* GetScrolledWindow() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll to the given line (in scroll units where each unit is
|
||||
// the height of an item)
|
||||
void ScrollToLine(int posHoriz, int posVert);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Accessors
|
||||
|
||||
// The companion window is one which will get notified when certain
|
||||
// events happen such as node expansion
|
||||
void SetCompanionWindow(wxWindow* companion) { m_companionWindow = companion; }
|
||||
wxWindow* GetCompanionWindow() const { return m_companionWindow; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow* m_companionWindow;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxTreeCompanionWindow
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A window displaying values associated with tree control items.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxTreeCompanionWindow: public wxWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxTreeCompanionWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeCompanionWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Overrides
|
||||
virtual void DrawItem(wxDC& dc, wxTreeItemId id, const wxRect& rect);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Events
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnExpand(wxTreeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Operations
|
||||
|
||||
//// Accessors
|
||||
wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_treeCtrl; };
|
||||
void SetTreeCtrl(wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl* treeCtrl) { m_treeCtrl = treeCtrl; }
|
||||
|
||||
//// Data members
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxRemotelyScrolledTreeCtrl* m_treeCtrl;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxThinSplitterWindow
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implements a splitter with a less obvious sash
|
||||
* than the usual one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxThinSplitterWindow: public wxSplitterWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxThinSplitterWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxThinSplitterWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_3D | wxCLIP_CHILDREN);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Overrides
|
||||
|
||||
void SizeWindows();
|
||||
// Tests for x, y over sash. Overriding this allows us to increase
|
||||
// the tolerance.
|
||||
bool SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 2);
|
||||
void DrawSash(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Events
|
||||
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Operations
|
||||
|
||||
//// Accessors
|
||||
|
||||
//// Data members
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxSplitterScrolledWindow
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This scrolled window is aware of the fact that one of its
|
||||
* children is a splitter window. It passes on its scroll events
|
||||
* (after some processing) to both splitter children for them
|
||||
* scroll appropriately.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSplitterScrolledWindow: public wxScrolledWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterScrolledWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxSplitterScrolledWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Overrides
|
||||
|
||||
//// Events
|
||||
|
||||
void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
//// Operations
|
||||
|
||||
//// Accessors
|
||||
|
||||
//// Data members
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _SPLITTREE_H_
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: cdbase.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: 1997
|
||||
// Updated: 1998, 1999, 2000
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef __CDA_base_H__
|
||||
#define __CDA_base_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "cdbase.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct wxCDtime {
|
||||
wxUint8 track;
|
||||
wxUint8 hour, min, sec;
|
||||
} wxCDtime;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudio : public wxObject {
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCDAudio)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus;
|
||||
// Table of contents manager
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT CDtoc {
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxCDtime *tracks_time, *tracks_pos;
|
||||
wxCDtime total_time;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//
|
||||
CDtoc(wxCDtime& tot_tm, wxCDtime *trks_tm, wxCDtime *trks_pos)
|
||||
{ tracks_time = trks_tm; total_time = tot_tm; tracks_pos = trks_pos; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the length of the specified track
|
||||
// track: track to get length
|
||||
wxCDtime GetTrackTime(wxUint8 track) const;
|
||||
// Returns the position of the specified track
|
||||
// track: track to get position
|
||||
wxCDtime GetTrackPos(wxUint8 track) const;
|
||||
// Returns the total time
|
||||
inline wxCDtime GetTotalTime() const { return total_time; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//
|
||||
wxCDAudio() : wxObject() {}
|
||||
//
|
||||
virtual ~wxCDAudio() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Play audio at the specified position
|
||||
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play, const wxCDtime& end_play) = 0;
|
||||
// Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
|
||||
bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play);
|
||||
//
|
||||
bool Play(wxUint8 beg_track, wxUint8 end_track = 0);
|
||||
// Pause the audio playing
|
||||
virtual bool Pause() = 0;
|
||||
// Resume a paused audio playing
|
||||
virtual bool Resume() = 0;
|
||||
// Get the current CD status
|
||||
virtual CDstatus GetStatus() = 0;
|
||||
// Get the current playing time
|
||||
virtual wxCDtime GetTime() = 0;
|
||||
// Returns the table of contents
|
||||
virtual const CDtoc& GetToc() = 0;
|
||||
// CD ok
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: cdunix.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: 1997
|
||||
// Updated: 2000
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef __CDUNIXH__
|
||||
#define __CDUNIXH__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "cdunix.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/cdbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioLinux : public wxCDAudio {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioLinux)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxCDtime m_time;
|
||||
CDstatus m_status;
|
||||
CDtoc *m_toc;
|
||||
int m_fd;
|
||||
wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
///
|
||||
wxCDAudioLinux();
|
||||
///
|
||||
wxCDAudioLinux(const wxString& dev_name);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual ~wxCDAudioLinux();
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Pause();
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Resume();
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual CDstatus GetStatus();
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual wxCDtime GetTime();
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual CDtoc& GetToc();
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual inline bool Ok() const { return (m_fd != -1); }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
///
|
||||
void OpenDevice(const wxString& dev_name);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: cdwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: 1997
|
||||
// Updated: 1998
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
#ifndef __CDA_win_H__
|
||||
#define __CDA_win_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
|
||||
#include "cdbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#include <mmsystem.h>
|
||||
typedef struct CDAW_Internal {
|
||||
MCIDEVICEID dev_id;
|
||||
} CDAW_Internal;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioWin : public wxCDAudio {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioWin)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
struct CDAW_Internal *m_internal;
|
||||
wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
|
||||
CDtoc *m_toc;
|
||||
bool m_ok;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
///
|
||||
wxCDAudioWin(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
wxCDAudioWin(const char *dev_name);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual ~wxCDAudioWin(void);
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Pause(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual bool Resume(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual CDstatus GetStatus(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual wxCDtime GetTime(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual const CDtoc& GetToc(void);
|
||||
///
|
||||
virtual inline bool Ok(void) const { return m_ok; }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void PrepareToc();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This source code is a product of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and is provided
|
||||
* for unrestricted use. Users may copy or modify this source code without
|
||||
* charge.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SUN SOURCE CODE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING
|
||||
* THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
* PURPOSE, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sun source code is provided with no support and without any obligation on
|
||||
* the part of Sun Microsystems, Inc. to assist in its use, correction,
|
||||
* modification or enhancement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
|
||||
* INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS OR ANY PATENTS BY THIS SOFTWARE
|
||||
* OR ANY PART THEREOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In no event will Sun Microsystems, Inc. be liable for any lost revenue
|
||||
* or profits or other special, indirect and consequential damages, even if
|
||||
* Sun has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
* 2550 Garcia Avenue
|
||||
* Mountain View, California 94043
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* g72x.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for CCITT conversion routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef _G72X_H
|
||||
#define _G72X_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_ULAW (1) /* ISDN u-law */
|
||||
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW (2) /* ISDN A-law */
|
||||
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR (3) /* PCM 2's-complement (0-center) */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following is the definition of the state structure
|
||||
* used by the G.721/G.723 encoder and decoder to preserve their internal
|
||||
* state between successive calls. The meanings of the majority
|
||||
* of the state structure fields are explained in detail in the
|
||||
* CCITT Recommendation G.721. The field names are essentially indentical
|
||||
* to variable names in the bit level description of the coding algorithm
|
||||
* included in this Recommendation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct g72x_state {
|
||||
long yl; /* Locked or steady state step size multiplier. */
|
||||
short yu; /* Unlocked or non-steady state step size multiplier. */
|
||||
short dms; /* Short term energy estimate. */
|
||||
short dml; /* Long term energy estimate. */
|
||||
short ap; /* Linear weighting coefficient of 'yl' and 'yu'. */
|
||||
|
||||
short a[2]; /* Coefficients of pole portion of prediction filter. */
|
||||
short b[6]; /* Coefficients of zero portion of prediction filter. */
|
||||
short pk[2]; /*
|
||||
* Signs of previous two samples of a partially
|
||||
* reconstructed signal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
short dq[6]; /*
|
||||
* Previous 6 samples of the quantized difference
|
||||
* signal represented in an internal floating point
|
||||
* format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
short sr[2]; /*
|
||||
* Previous 2 samples of the quantized difference
|
||||
* signal represented in an internal floating point
|
||||
* format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char td; /* delayed tone detect, new in 1988 version */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* External function definitions. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char linear2alaw (int pcm_val); /* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
|
||||
extern int alaw2linear (unsigned char a_val);
|
||||
extern unsigned char linear2ulaw (int pcm_val); /* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
|
||||
extern int ulaw2linear (unsigned char u_val);
|
||||
extern int predictor_zero (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int predictor_pole (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int step_size (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int quantize (int d, int y, short *table, int size);
|
||||
extern int reconstruct (int sign, int dqln, int y);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void update
|
||||
( int code_size, int y, int wi, int fi, int dq
|
||||
, int sr, int dqsez, struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
int tandem_adjust_alaw
|
||||
(int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
|
||||
|
||||
int tandem_adjust_ulaw
|
||||
(int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void g72x_init_state (struct g72x_state *);
|
||||
extern int g721_encoder(
|
||||
int sample,
|
||||
int in_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int g721_decoder(
|
||||
int code,
|
||||
int out_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int g723_24_encoder(
|
||||
int sample,
|
||||
int in_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int g723_24_decoder(
|
||||
int code,
|
||||
int out_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int g723_40_encoder(
|
||||
int sample,
|
||||
int in_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
extern int g723_40_decoder(
|
||||
int code,
|
||||
int out_coding,
|
||||
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !_G72X_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndaiff.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDAIFF_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDAIFF_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndaiff.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stream.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// AIFF codec
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundAiff(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
wxSoundAiff(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
~wxSoundAiff();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CanRead();
|
||||
wxString GetCodecName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool PrepareToPlay();
|
||||
bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
|
||||
bool FinishRecording();
|
||||
bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
off_t m_base_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndbase.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDBASE_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDBASE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndbase.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DEFINITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
// Sound streaming mode:
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_INPUT: simple recording mode
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_OUTPUT: simple playing mode
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_DUPLEX: full duplex record/play at the same time
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND_INPUT = 1,
|
||||
wxSOUND_OUTPUT = 2,
|
||||
wxSOUND_DUPLEX = wxSOUND_INPUT | wxSOUND_OUTPUT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
// wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
|
||||
// which will be passed to the stream.
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND_NOFORMAT,
|
||||
wxSOUND_PCM,
|
||||
wxSOUND_ULAW,
|
||||
wxSOUND_G72X,
|
||||
wxSOUND_MSADPCM
|
||||
} wxSoundFormatType;
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
// wxSoundError:
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_NOERR: No error occured
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_IOERR: an input/output error occured, it may concern either
|
||||
// a driver or a file
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_INVFRMT: the sound format passed to the function is invalid.
|
||||
// Generally, it means that you passed out of range values
|
||||
// to the codec stream or you don't pass the right sound
|
||||
// format object to the right sound codec stream.
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_INVDEV: Invalid device. Generally, it means that the sound stream
|
||||
// didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid// parameter or to the fact that sound is not supported on
|
||||
// this computer.
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_NOEXACT: No exact matching sound codec has been found for
|
||||
// this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't
|
||||
// manage to setup the sound card with the specified
|
||||
// values.
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_NOCODEC: No matching codec has been found. Generally, it
|
||||
// may happen when you call
|
||||
// wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_MEMERR: Not enough memory.
|
||||
// - wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED: You did not start the production using
|
||||
// StartProduction()
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND_NOERROR,
|
||||
wxSOUND_IOERROR,
|
||||
wxSOUND_INVFRMT,
|
||||
wxSOUND_INVDEV,
|
||||
wxSOUND_NOEXACT,
|
||||
wxSOUND_INVSTRM,
|
||||
wxSOUND_NOCODEC,
|
||||
wxSOUND_MEMERROR,
|
||||
wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED
|
||||
} wxSoundError;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream;
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
// wxSoundCallback(stream, evt, cdata): C callback for sound event.
|
||||
// - stream: current wxSoundStream
|
||||
// - evt: the sound event which has occured, it may be wxSOUND_INPUT,
|
||||
// wxSOUND_OUTPUT or wxSOUND_DUPLEX
|
||||
// - cdata: User callback data
|
||||
// ---------------------
|
||||
typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
|
||||
void *cdata);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Base class for sound format specification
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase();
|
||||
virtual ~wxSoundFormatBase();
|
||||
|
||||
// It returns a "standard" format type.
|
||||
virtual wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_NOFORMAT; }
|
||||
// It clones the current format.
|
||||
virtual wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const = 0;
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Base class for sound streams
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStream();
|
||||
virtual ~wxSoundStream();
|
||||
|
||||
// Reads "len" bytes from the sound stream.
|
||||
virtual wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
|
||||
// Writes "len" byte to the sound stream.
|
||||
virtual wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
|
||||
// Returns the best size for IO calls
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 1024; }
|
||||
|
||||
// SetSoundFormat returns TRUE when the format can be handled.
|
||||
virtual bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
// GetSoundFormat returns the current sound format.
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase& GetSoundFormat() const { return *m_sndformat; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Register a callback for a specified async event.
|
||||
void SetCallback(int evt, wxSoundCallback cbk, void *cdata);
|
||||
|
||||
// Starts the async notifier. After this call, the stream begins either
|
||||
// recording or playing or the two at the same time.
|
||||
virtual bool StartProduction(int evt) = 0;
|
||||
// Stops the async notifier.
|
||||
virtual bool StopProduction() = 0;
|
||||
// Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
|
||||
void SetEventHandler(wxSoundStream *handler) { m_handler = handler; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundError GetError() const { return m_snderror; }
|
||||
wxUint32 GetLastAccess() const { return m_lastcount; }
|
||||
|
||||
// This is only useful for device (I think).
|
||||
virtual bool QueueFilled() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Current sound format
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *m_sndformat;
|
||||
|
||||
// Last error
|
||||
wxSoundError m_snderror;
|
||||
|
||||
// Last access
|
||||
wxUint32 m_lastcount;
|
||||
|
||||
// Event handler
|
||||
wxSoundStream *m_handler;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundCallback m_callback[2];
|
||||
void *m_cdata[2];
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Handles event
|
||||
virtual void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndcodec.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDCODEC_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDCODEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamCodec(wxSoundStream& snd_io);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamCodec();
|
||||
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndcpcm.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDCPCM_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDCPCM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndcpcm.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PCM converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef void (*ConverterType)(const void *buf_in, void *buf_out,
|
||||
wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStreamPcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamPcm();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 GetReadSize(wxUint32 len) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetWriteSize(wxUint32 len) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
ConverterType m_function_out, m_function_in;
|
||||
|
||||
// Static temporary buffer
|
||||
char *m_prebuffer;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_prebuffer_size;
|
||||
// Estimated best size to fit into the static buffer
|
||||
wxUint32 m_best_size;
|
||||
// Multiplier for IO buffer size
|
||||
float m_multiplier_in, m_multiplier_out;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndesd.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDESD_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDESD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndesd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ESD output class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundStreamESD : public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamESD(const wxString& hostname = wxT("localhost"));
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamESD();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
// You should not call this.
|
||||
void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
|
||||
|
||||
bool QueueFilled() const { return m_q_filled; }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_fd_input, m_fd_output; // ESD fds
|
||||
int m_tag_input, m_tag_output; // GLIB tags
|
||||
bool m_esd_stop; // Stream started ?
|
||||
bool m_esd_ok; // ESD detected
|
||||
wxString m_hostname; // ESD host
|
||||
bool m_q_filled; // queue filled
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndfile.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDFILE_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDFILE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stream.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxSOUND_INFINITE_TIME ((wxUint32)-1)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Codec router class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundRouterStream();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundStream *m_router;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED,
|
||||
wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED,
|
||||
wxSOUND_FILE_PLAYING,
|
||||
wxSOUND_FILE_RECORDING
|
||||
} wxSoundFileState;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Base class for file coders/decoders
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundFileStream: public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFileStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
wxSoundFileStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
~wxSoundFileStream();
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual sound file calls (Play, Stop, ...)
|
||||
bool Play();
|
||||
bool Record(wxUint32 time);
|
||||
bool Stop();
|
||||
bool Pause();
|
||||
bool Resume();
|
||||
|
||||
// Functions which return the current state
|
||||
bool IsStopped() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED; }
|
||||
bool IsPaused() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED; }
|
||||
|
||||
// A user should not call these two functions.
|
||||
// Several things must be done before calling them.
|
||||
// Users should use Play(), ...
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
// These three functions deals with the length, the position in the sound file.
|
||||
// All the values are expressed in bytes. If you need the values expressed
|
||||
// in terms of time, you have to use GetSoundFormat().GetTimeFromBytes(...)
|
||||
wxUint32 GetLength();
|
||||
wxUint32 GetPosition();
|
||||
wxUint32 SetPosition(wxUint32 new_position);
|
||||
|
||||
// These two functions use the sound format specified by GetSoundFormat().
|
||||
// All samples must be encoded in that format.
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
// This function set the sound format of the file. !! It must be used only
|
||||
// when you are in output mode (concerning the file) !! If you are in
|
||||
// input mode (concerning the file) you can't use this function to modify
|
||||
// the format of the samples returned by Read() !
|
||||
// For this action, you must use wxSoundRouterStream applied to wxSoundFileStream.
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
// This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who want to build
|
||||
// a player (But also in some other case).
|
||||
virtual wxString GetCodecName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
|
||||
// the stream you passed to it.
|
||||
virtual bool CanRead() { return FALSE; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream m_codec;
|
||||
wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
|
||||
wxInputStream *m_input;
|
||||
wxOutputStream *m_output;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFileState m_state, m_oldstate;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_length, m_bytes_left;
|
||||
bool m_prepared;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool PrepareToPlay() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool FinishRecording() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position) = 0;
|
||||
void FinishPreparation(wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndg72x.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/26/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDG72X_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDG72X_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndg72x.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxSOUND_G721,
|
||||
wxSOUND_G723_24,
|
||||
wxSOUND_G723_40
|
||||
} wxSoundG72XType;
|
||||
|
||||
// This fixes a bug in Mingw95
|
||||
typedef struct g72x_state g72state;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G72X format
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatG72X: public wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatG72X();
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatG72X();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetG72XType(wxSoundG72XType type);
|
||||
wxSoundG72XType GetG72XType() const { return m_g72x_type; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_G72X; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate;
|
||||
wxSoundG72XType m_g72x_type;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULAW converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamG72X: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamG72X(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamG72X();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_n_bits, m_current_mask, m_current_b_pos, m_current_byte;
|
||||
wxUint8 *m_io_buffer;
|
||||
g72state *m_state;
|
||||
|
||||
int (*m_coder)(int code, int in_code, struct g72x_state *state);
|
||||
int (*m_decoder)(int code, int out_code, struct g72x_state *state);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void PutBits(wxUint8 bits);
|
||||
wxUint8 GetBits();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndmsad(pcm).h
|
||||
// Purpose: MS ADPCM codec
|
||||
// Date: 25/02/2000
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 2000
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDMSAD_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDMSAD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndmsad.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxInt16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MSADPCM format
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm: public wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCoefs(wxInt16 **coefs, wxUint16 ncoefs, wxUint16 coefs_len);
|
||||
void GetCoefs(wxInt16 **&coefs, wxUint16& ncoefs,
|
||||
wxUint16& coefs_len) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBlockSize(wxUint16 block_size);
|
||||
wxUint16 GetBlockSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetChannels(wxUint16 channels);
|
||||
wxUint16 GetChannels() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_MSADPCM; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate, m_nchannels;
|
||||
wxInt16 **m_coefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_ncoefs, m_coefs_len;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_block_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MS ADPCM converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
wxInt32 predictor;
|
||||
wxInt16 samp1;
|
||||
wxInt16 samp2;
|
||||
wxInt16 coeff[2];
|
||||
wxInt32 iDelta;
|
||||
} AdpcmState;
|
||||
|
||||
AdpcmState m_state[1];
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_got_header;
|
||||
bool m_stereo;
|
||||
wxInt16 **m_coefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_block_size;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_ncoefs;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_next_block;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 DecodeMonoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len);
|
||||
wxUint32 DecodeStereoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
|
||||
wxUint32 in_len);
|
||||
void Nibble(wxInt8 nyb,
|
||||
AdpcmState *state,
|
||||
wxInt16 **out_buffer);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndoss.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDOSS_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDOSS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndoss.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// OSS output class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamOSS(const wxString& dev_name = wxT("/dev/dsp"));
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamOSS();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
bool QueueFilled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// You should not call this.
|
||||
void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// OSS device
|
||||
int m_fd;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_bufsize;
|
||||
int m_tag;
|
||||
bool m_oss_stop, m_oss_ok, m_q_filled;
|
||||
wxString m_devname;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool SetupFormat(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
|
||||
void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndpcm.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDPCM_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDPCM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndpcm.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PCM specification class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundFormatPcm : public wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatPcm(wxUint32 srate = 22500, wxUint8 bps = 8,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels = 2, bool sign = TRUE,
|
||||
int order = wxLITTLE_ENDIAN);
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatPcm();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
void SetBPS(wxUint8 bps);
|
||||
void SetChannels(wxUint16 nchannels);
|
||||
void SetOrder(int order);
|
||||
void Signed(bool sign);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const { return m_srate; }
|
||||
wxUint8 GetBPS() const { return m_bps; }
|
||||
wxUint16 GetChannels() const { return m_nchan; }
|
||||
int GetOrder() const { return m_order; }
|
||||
bool Signed() const { return m_signed; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_PCM; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_bps;
|
||||
wxUint16 m_nchan;
|
||||
int m_order;
|
||||
bool m_signed;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndulaw.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndulaw.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULAW format
|
||||
//
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatUlaw: public wxSoundFormatBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundFormatUlaw();
|
||||
~wxSoundFormatUlaw();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetChannels(wxUint8 channels);
|
||||
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxUint32 m_srate;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_channels;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULAW converter class
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamUlaw: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamUlaw(wxSoundStream& sndio);
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamUlaw();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndwav.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDWAV_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDWAV_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "sndwav.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stream.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/datstrm.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WAVE codec
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSoundWave: public wxSoundFileStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundWave(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
wxSoundWave(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
|
||||
~wxSoundWave();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CanRead();
|
||||
wxString GetCodecName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool PrepareToPlay();
|
||||
bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
|
||||
bool FinishRecording();
|
||||
bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputMSADPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
|
||||
wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
|
||||
wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
|
||||
wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputPCM(wxDataOutputStream& data);
|
||||
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputG72X(wxDataOutputStream& data);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
off_t m_base_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: sndwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Date: 08/11/1999
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
|
||||
// CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SNDWIN_H
|
||||
#define _WX_SNDWIN_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal;
|
||||
typedef struct _wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
// class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundInternal;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamWin : public wxSoundStream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSoundStreamWin();
|
||||
~wxSoundStreamWin();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetSoundFormat(wxSoundFormatBase& base);
|
||||
|
||||
bool StartProduction(int evt);
|
||||
bool StopProduction();
|
||||
|
||||
bool QueueFilled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal but defined as public
|
||||
void NotifyDoneBuffer(wxUint32 dev_handle, int flag);
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 4096; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxSoundInternal *m_internal;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_current_frag_in, m_current_frag_out;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_input_frag_in, m_output_frag_out;
|
||||
wxSoundInfoHeader **m_headers_play, **m_headers_rec;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_production_started, m_queue_filled, m_waiting_for;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void CreateSndWindow();
|
||||
void DestroySndWindow();
|
||||
bool OpenDevice(int mode);
|
||||
void CloseDevice();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundInfoHeader *AllocHeader(int mode);
|
||||
void FreeHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *header, int mode);
|
||||
bool AllocHeaders(int mode);
|
||||
void FreeHeaders(int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
void WaitFor(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
|
||||
bool AddToQueue(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
|
||||
void ClearHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
|
||||
|
||||
wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentOutput();
|
||||
wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentInput();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: vidbase.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: 1997
|
||||
// Updated: 1998
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// CVS: $Id$
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
|
||||
#ifndef __VID_bdrv_H__
|
||||
#define __VID_bdrv_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "vidbase.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
|
||||
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
#pragma hdrstop
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
|
||||
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stream.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMMedia2 (video) types
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
wxVIDEO_MSAVI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_MPEG,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_QT,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_GIF,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_JMOV,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_FLI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_IFF,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_SGI,
|
||||
wxVIDEO_MPEG2
|
||||
} wxVideoType;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Classes definition
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoBaseDriver : public wxObject {
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVideoBaseDriver)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow *m_video_output;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Ctors
|
||||
wxVideoBaseDriver();
|
||||
wxVideoBaseDriver(wxInputStream& str);
|
||||
wxVideoBaseDriver(const wxString& filename);
|
||||
// Dtor
|
||||
virtual ~wxVideoBaseDriver();
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
|
||||
virtual bool Play() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Stop() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Pause() = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Resume() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Size management
|
||||
virtual bool SetSize(wxSize size) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
|
||||
virtual bool IsCapable(wxVideoType WXUNUSED(v_type)) const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the video codec name
|
||||
virtual wxString GetMovieCodec() const = 0;
|
||||
// Return the audio codec name
|
||||
virtual wxString GetAudioCodec() const = 0;
|
||||
// Return misc info about audio
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual wxUint8 GetChannels() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual wxUint8 GetBPS() const = 0;
|
||||
// Return frame rate
|
||||
virtual double GetFrameRate() const = 0;
|
||||
// Return number of frames
|
||||
virtual wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Called when the movie finished
|
||||
virtual void OnFinished() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
|
||||
virtual bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
|
||||
virtual void DetachOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
// They return the state of the movie.
|
||||
virtual bool IsPaused() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsStopped() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame *wxVideoCreateFrame(wxVideoBaseDriver *vid_drv);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Name: vidwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: February 1998
|
||||
// Updated:
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __VID_windows_H__
|
||||
#define __VID_windows_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "vidwin.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
|
||||
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
#pragma hdrstop
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
|
||||
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stream.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMMedia2 headers
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// System headers and private types
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#include <mmsystem.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct VIDW_Internal {
|
||||
MCIDEVICEID m_dev_id;
|
||||
} wxVIDWinternal;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Class definition
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoWindows : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoWindows)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
struct VIDW_Internal *m_internal;
|
||||
bool m_paused, m_stopped, m_remove_file;
|
||||
wxString m_filename;
|
||||
double m_frameRate;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_bps;
|
||||
|
||||
void OpenFile();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxVideoWindows(void);
|
||||
wxVideoWindows(wxInputStream& str);
|
||||
wxVideoWindows(const wxString& fname);
|
||||
~wxVideoWindows(void);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Play();
|
||||
bool Stop();
|
||||
bool Pause();
|
||||
bool Resume();
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
|
||||
bool SetSize(wxSize size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return codec name for each stream.
|
||||
wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
|
||||
wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
|
||||
// Return misc. info about audio
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
|
||||
wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
|
||||
// Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
|
||||
double GetFrameRate() const;
|
||||
// Return the total number of frames in the movie
|
||||
wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type);
|
||||
|
||||
bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
|
||||
void DetachOutput(void);
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsPaused() const;
|
||||
bool IsStopped() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: vidxanm.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMMedia
|
||||
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// Created: 1997
|
||||
// Updated: 1998
|
||||
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
|
||||
// License: wxWindows license
|
||||
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
|
||||
#ifndef __VID_xanim_H__
|
||||
#define __VID_xanim_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "vidxanm.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
|
||||
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
#pragma hdrstop
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
|
||||
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
|
||||
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/process.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// System dependent headers
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL) && (defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__))
|
||||
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
|
||||
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMMedia2 headers
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal types
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
|
||||
typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
|
||||
Display *xanim_dpy;
|
||||
Window xanim_window;
|
||||
Atom xanim_atom, xanim_ret;
|
||||
} wxXANIMinternal;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __XANIM_COMMAND__
|
||||
#define __XANIM_COMMAND__ "/usr/X11R6/bin/xanim"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Class definition
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoXANIM : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoXANIM)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Remember the state of the subprocess
|
||||
bool m_xanim_started, m_paused;
|
||||
// Pure X11 variables
|
||||
struct wxXANIMinternal *m_internal;
|
||||
wxString m_filename;
|
||||
wxProcess *m_xanim_detector;
|
||||
// Remember to delete the temporary file when necessary
|
||||
bool m_remove_file;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_size[2];
|
||||
wxUint32 m_sampleRate;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_channels;
|
||||
wxUint8 m_bps;
|
||||
wxUint32 m_frames;
|
||||
double m_frameRate;
|
||||
wxString m_movieCodec, m_audioCodec;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxVideoXANIM();
|
||||
wxVideoXANIM(wxInputStream& str);
|
||||
wxVideoXANIM(const wxString& filename);
|
||||
~wxVideoXANIM();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Play();
|
||||
bool Pause();
|
||||
bool Resume();
|
||||
bool Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetVolume(wxUint8 vol);
|
||||
bool SetSize(wxSize size);
|
||||
bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the video codec name
|
||||
wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
|
||||
// Return the audio codec name
|
||||
wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
|
||||
// Return misc info about audio
|
||||
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
|
||||
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
|
||||
wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
|
||||
// Return frame rate
|
||||
double GetFrameRate() const;
|
||||
// Return number of frames in the movie
|
||||
wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
|
||||
void DetachOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsPaused() const;
|
||||
bool IsStopped() const;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxVideoXANIMProcess;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Start the subprocess with the right parameters
|
||||
bool RestartXANIM();
|
||||
// Send a command to the subprocess
|
||||
bool SendCommand(const char *command,char **ret = NULL,
|
||||
wxUint32 *size = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Collect informations from XAnim
|
||||
bool CollectInfo();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bmpshape.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmapShape
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 12/07/98
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _OGL_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
#define _OGL_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface "bmpshape.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class wxBitmapShape: public wxRectangleShape
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapShape)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapShape();
|
||||
~wxBitmapShape();
|
||||
|
||||
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PROLOGIO
|
||||
// I/O
|
||||
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
|
||||
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Does the copying for this object
|
||||
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
|
||||
inline wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_bitmap; }
|
||||
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bm);
|
||||
inline void SetFilename(const wxString& f) { m_filename = f; };
|
||||
inline wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
|
||||
wxString m_filename;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _OGL_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: ogl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: OGL main include
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 12/07/98
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _OGL_OGL_H_
|
||||
#define _OGL_OGL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/basic.h> // Basic shapes
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/lines.h> // Lines and splines
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/divided.h> // Vertically-divided rectangle
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/composit.h> // Composite images
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/canvas.h> // wxShapeCanvas for displaying objects
|
||||
#include <wx/ogl/ogldiag.h> // wxDiagram
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: replace with wxModule implementation
|
||||
extern void wxOGLInitialize();
|
||||
extern void wxOGLCleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _OGL_OGL_H_
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user